Compare commits
2 Commits
release_1_
...
new
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
8225f274ff | ||
|
|
e439c9fe36 |
35
.gitignore
vendored
35
.gitignore
vendored
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
*.a
|
||||
*.la
|
||||
*.lo
|
||||
*.o
|
||||
*.so
|
||||
*~
|
||||
.bootstrap
|
||||
.deps
|
||||
.emacs*
|
||||
.libs
|
||||
ABOUT-NLS
|
||||
ChangeLog
|
||||
INSTALL
|
||||
Make.rules
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
Makefile.in
|
||||
aclocal.m4
|
||||
autom4te.cache
|
||||
build-aux
|
||||
build-aux/
|
||||
config.h
|
||||
config.h.in
|
||||
config.log
|
||||
config.status
|
||||
configure
|
||||
gnu/*.h
|
||||
gnu/*/
|
||||
gnu/.gitignore
|
||||
gnu/charset.alias
|
||||
gnulib
|
||||
libtool
|
||||
m4
|
||||
paxutils
|
||||
rmt
|
||||
stamp-h1
|
||||
35
AUTHORS
35
AUTHORS
@@ -1,15 +1,28 @@
|
||||
Authors of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
Public domain tar was written by John Gilmore, with contributions from
|
||||
Henry Spencer, Fred Fish, Ian Darwin, Geoff Collyer, Stan Barber, Guy
|
||||
Harris, Dave Brower, Richard Todd, Michael Rendell, Stu Heiss, and
|
||||
Rich Salz.
|
||||
The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation. Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS.
|
||||
|
||||
The FSF version, named GNU tar, was derived from public domain tar by
|
||||
Jay Fenlason and Joy Kendall. Amy Gorin and Melissa Weisshaus
|
||||
contributed to the manual. GNU tar has been maintained in turn by
|
||||
Thomas Bushnell BSG, François Pinard, Paul Eggert, and Sergey
|
||||
Poznyakoff.
|
||||
TAR Jay Fenlason
|
||||
Assigns his changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Many others have contributed to GNU tar; please see the files THANKS
|
||||
and ChangeLog.
|
||||
TAR Richard E Salz 1993-03-11
|
||||
Disclaims changes to getdate.y.
|
||||
|
||||
TAR MANUAL (?) Amy Gorin (US 1963) 1995-01-10
|
||||
Assigns the Tar Manual.
|
||||
|
||||
TAR Francois Pinard Canada 1949 1996-02-01
|
||||
Assigns past and future changes.
|
||||
|
||||
TAR Melissa Weisshaus US 1966 1997-04-09
|
||||
Assigns changes to the manual and future changes.
|
||||
melissa@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
|
||||
TAR Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell US 1967 1997-04-09
|
||||
Assigns changes.
|
||||
thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
|
||||
TAR Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell US 1967 1997-04-09
|
||||
Assigns changes to manual.
|
||||
thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
|
||||
674
COPYING
674
COPYING
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
||||
869
ChangeLog.1
869
ChangeLog.1
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
8834
ChangeLog.CVS
8834
ChangeLog.CVS
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
70
Makefile.am
70
Makefile.am
@@ -1,38 +1,60 @@
|
||||
# Main Makefile for GNU tar.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 1994-1997, 1999-2001, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2013 Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
# 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 Make.rules
|
||||
SUBDIRS = doc gnu lib rmt src scripts po tests
|
||||
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnits dist-shar
|
||||
|
||||
dist-hook:
|
||||
$(MAKE) changelog_dir=$(distdir) ChangeLog
|
||||
-rm -f $(distdir).cpio
|
||||
find $(distdir) | cpio -Hcrc -o | \
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c > $(distdir).cpio.gz
|
||||
BABYL = rmail/* admin/*/RMAIL
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = AC-PATCHES AM-PATCHES BI-PATCHES PORTS rebox.el
|
||||
SUBDIRS = doc lib intl src scripts po tests
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-local:
|
||||
-rm -f $(distdir).cpio.gz
|
||||
all-local: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
|
||||
|
||||
include Make.rules
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
gen_start_date = 2009-03-06
|
||||
prev_change_log = ChangeLog.CVS
|
||||
changelog_dir = .
|
||||
ID:
|
||||
cd lib && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
cd src && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
dist-zoo: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd` \
|
||||
&& cd $(srcdir) \
|
||||
&& automake --include-deps --output-dir=$$distdir
|
||||
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) dist) || exit 1; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@sublist="$(DIST_SUBDIRS)"; \
|
||||
for dir in $$sublist; do \
|
||||
echo copying directory $$dir; \
|
||||
tar -chf - $$dir | (cd $(distdir) && tar -xBpf -); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
find $(distdir) -type f | xargs dosfn
|
||||
# find $(distdir) -type f | xargs recode :ibmpc
|
||||
mv $(distdir) $(PACKAGE)
|
||||
find $(PACKAGE) -type f | zoo ahIq $(PACKAGE).zoo
|
||||
rm -rf $(PACKAGE)
|
||||
|
||||
378
Makefile.in
Normal file
378
Makefile.in
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
|
||||
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1n from Makefile.am
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
# Main Makefile for GNU tar.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
# 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
|
||||
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
sbindir = @sbindir@
|
||||
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
|
||||
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
|
||||
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
oldincludedir = /usr/include
|
||||
|
||||
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
|
||||
top_builddir = .
|
||||
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
|
||||
NORMAL_INSTALL = true
|
||||
PRE_INSTALL = true
|
||||
POST_INSTALL = true
|
||||
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
|
||||
PRE_UNINSTALL = true
|
||||
POST_UNINSTALL = true
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
|
||||
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
|
||||
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
|
||||
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
|
||||
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
|
||||
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
|
||||
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
|
||||
GT_NO = @GT_NO@
|
||||
GT_YES = @GT_YES@
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
|
||||
INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
|
||||
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
|
||||
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
|
||||
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
|
||||
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
POFILES = @POFILES@
|
||||
POSUB = @POSUB@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
RMT = @RMT@
|
||||
U = @U@
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
YACC = @YACC@
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnits dist-shar
|
||||
|
||||
BABYL = rmail/* admin/*/RMAIL
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = AC-PATCHES AM-PATCHES BI-PATCHES PORTS rebox.el
|
||||
SUBDIRS = doc lib intl src scripts po tests
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER_IN = config.h.in
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER_FULL = config.h
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS BACKLOG COPYING ChangeLog \
|
||||
INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h \
|
||||
acinclude.m4 aclocal.m4 config.h.in configure configure.in install-sh \
|
||||
missing mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
|
||||
|
||||
TAR = tar
|
||||
GZIP = --best
|
||||
default: all
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) \
|
||||
&& CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
|
||||
$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4: configure.in acinclude.m4
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
|
||||
|
||||
config.status: configure
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
|
||||
$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
|
||||
|
||||
$(CONFIG_HEADER): stamp-h
|
||||
stamp-h: $(CONFIG_HEADER_IN) $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) \
|
||||
&& CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=$(CONFIG_HEADER_FULL) \
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
@echo timestamp > stamp-h
|
||||
$(srcdir)/$(CONFIG_HEADER_IN): stamp-h.in
|
||||
$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) acconfig.h
|
||||
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
|
||||
echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-hdr:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-hdr:
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-hdr:
|
||||
rm -f $(CONFIG_HEADER)
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-hdr:
|
||||
|
||||
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
|
||||
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
|
||||
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
|
||||
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
|
||||
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
|
||||
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
|
||||
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
|
||||
installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \
|
||||
check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
|
||||
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-recursive:
|
||||
@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
|
||||
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
|
||||
|| case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
|
||||
done && test -z "$$fail"
|
||||
tags-recursive:
|
||||
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) tags); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
tags=; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
|
||||
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
|
||||
|| (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-tags:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-tags:
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-tags:
|
||||
rm -f TAGS ID
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-tags:
|
||||
|
||||
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
|
||||
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
|
||||
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
|
||||
# tarfile.
|
||||
distcheck: dist
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)/=build
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
|
||||
dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
|
||||
cd $(distdir)/=build \
|
||||
&& ../configure --with-included-gettext --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) dvi \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) check \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) install \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) installcheck \
|
||||
&& $(MAKE) dist
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
@echo "========================"; \
|
||||
echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
|
||||
echo "========================"
|
||||
dist: distdir
|
||||
-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
dist-shar: distdir
|
||||
-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
dist-all: distdir
|
||||
-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
@if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" > /dev/null; then :; else \
|
||||
echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
-chmod 755 $(distdir)
|
||||
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
d=$(srcdir); \
|
||||
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
chmod 755 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
info: info-recursive
|
||||
dvi: dvi-recursive
|
||||
check: all-am
|
||||
$(MAKE) check-recursive
|
||||
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
|
||||
all-recursive-am: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
|
||||
$(MAKE) all-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
all-am: Makefile config.h all-local
|
||||
|
||||
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
|
||||
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
|
||||
|
||||
install-data: install-data-recursive
|
||||
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
|
||||
|
||||
install: install-recursive
|
||||
@:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-recursive-am all-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-strip:
|
||||
$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
|
||||
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-generic:
|
||||
test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
|
||||
|
||||
clean-generic:
|
||||
test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-generic:
|
||||
rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
|
||||
rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
|
||||
test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic:
|
||||
test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
|
||||
test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
|
||||
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-hdr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
clean-am: clean-hdr clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-am: distclean-hdr distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-hdr maintainer-clean-tags \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
clean: clean-recursive clean-am
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-am
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-am
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: default mostlyclean-hdr distclean-hdr clean-hdr \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-hdr install-data-recursive uninstall-data-recursive \
|
||||
install-exec-recursive uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive \
|
||||
uninstalldirs-recursive all-recursive check-recursive \
|
||||
installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
|
||||
mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \
|
||||
distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \
|
||||
installcheck all-recursive-am all-am install-exec install-data install \
|
||||
uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
|
||||
clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
|
||||
maintainer-clean
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
all-local: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID:
|
||||
cd lib && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
cd src && $(MAKE) $@
|
||||
|
||||
dist-zoo: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd` \
|
||||
&& cd $(srcdir) \
|
||||
&& automake --include-deps --output-dir=$$distdir
|
||||
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
|
||||
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
|
||||
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \
|
||||
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) dist) || exit 1; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
@sublist="$(DIST_SUBDIRS)"; \
|
||||
for dir in $$sublist; do \
|
||||
echo copying directory $$dir; \
|
||||
tar -chf - $$dir | (cd $(distdir) && tar -xBpf -); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
|
||||
find $(distdir) -type f | xargs dosfn
|
||||
# find $(distdir) -type f | xargs recode :ibmpc
|
||||
mv $(distdir) $(PACKAGE)
|
||||
find $(PACKAGE) -type f | zoo ahIq $(PACKAGE).zoo
|
||||
rm -rf $(PACKAGE)
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
131
PORTS
Normal file
131
PORTS
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
||||
* Ports of GNU tar and other micro-tars -*- outline -*-
|
||||
|
||||
Please write tar-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu if you are aware of various ports
|
||||
of GNU tar to non-Unix systems not listed here, or for corrections.
|
||||
Please provide the goal system, a complete and stable URL, the maintainer
|
||||
name and address, the tar version used as a base, and your comments.
|
||||
|
||||
.* Amiga
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/GNUtar-1.11.8.lha
|
||||
maintained by Enrico Forestieri <enrico@com.unipr.it>
|
||||
Based on tar 1.11.8.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.ninemoons.com/pub/ade/current/amiga-bin/tar-1.11.8-bin.lha
|
||||
maintained by the ADE group <fnf@fishpond.ninemoons.com>
|
||||
Based on tar 1.11.8, needs ixemul.library.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/gnutar.lha
|
||||
maintained by <mscheler@wuarchive.wustl.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
.* DEC alpha (NT)
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
|
||||
maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
|
||||
|
||||
.* DEC VAX (VMS)
|
||||
|
||||
. + http://www.lp.se/free/vmstar/
|
||||
maintained by Richard Levitte <levitte@lp.se>
|
||||
This is not GNU tar, but a separate implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
. + maintained by William Bader <william@nscs.fast.net>
|
||||
For V4.7. Based on an old PDtar. Requires compatible shared libraries
|
||||
to run V5 or V6 executables.
|
||||
|
||||
.* IBM/PC (DV/X)
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://qdeck.com/ (?)
|
||||
maintained by David Ronis <ronis@gibbs.chem.mcgill.ca>
|
||||
For Desqview/X. Everything works besides compression. Copy of hacked
|
||||
sources available, some of DV/X's programmer's library also needed.
|
||||
|
||||
.* IBM/PC (MSDOS)
|
||||
|
||||
. + http://www.simtel.net/simtel.net/
|
||||
http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish (Germany)
|
||||
ftp://ftp.simtel.net/simtelnet/gnu
|
||||
ftp://ftp.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish
|
||||
maintained by Darrel Hankerson <hankedr@mail.auburn.edu>
|
||||
You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'. The GNUish project is described
|
||||
in `gnuish_t.htm'.
|
||||
|
||||
. + The DJGPP development tools also include some `tar' utilities.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/dos-gnutar/
|
||||
maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
|
||||
Based on tar 1.11.2. Support for SCSI (via ASPI) and network (rsh over
|
||||
packet driver). No support for win95 long file names.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.wu-wien.ac.at:pub/src/PCmisc/aspi-tar/*
|
||||
maintained by Christoph Splittgerber <chris@orion.sdata.de>
|
||||
Based on tar 1.10. Support for SCSI (via ASPI).
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://wuarchive (?)
|
||||
Several DOS version based on PDtar. John Gilmore <gnu@toad.com> says
|
||||
he has copies of several vintages saved.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.exe
|
||||
ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.taz
|
||||
ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.zip
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.4/os2/archiver/tar.zip
|
||||
Based on PDtar.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
|
||||
maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
|
||||
GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
|
||||
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
|
||||
The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
|
||||
|
||||
. + http://people.darmstadt.netsurf.de/tst/tar.htm
|
||||
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
|
||||
This is not a `tar' port, but an index of them.
|
||||
|
||||
.* IBM/PC (OS/2)
|
||||
|
||||
. + http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtar254.zip
|
||||
http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtak254.zip
|
||||
maintained by Andreas Kaiser <Andreas.Kaiser@stuttgart.netsurf.de>
|
||||
Version 2.54. Based on tar 1.10. The second archive contains SCSI
|
||||
drivers (DAT streamers notably) and rmt-type programs.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
|
||||
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
|
||||
The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
|
||||
|
||||
.* IBM/PC (Win32: Windows 95, NT 3.5 or NT 4.0)
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.cygnus.com:~ftp/pub/sac/win32/usersrc/*
|
||||
maintained by Cygnus
|
||||
GNU-Win32 B17.1 distribution. Download all files, `cat' them together,
|
||||
and `untar' the result. You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'.
|
||||
Based on tar 1.11.2.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
|
||||
maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
|
||||
GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
|
||||
maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
|
||||
The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
|
||||
|
||||
.* IBM/PC (Windows 3.1)
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/win-gnutar/
|
||||
maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
|
||||
Support for network (rsh over winsock). No support for win95 long
|
||||
file names.
|
||||
|
||||
. + ftp://ftp.gamesdomain.ru/.1/os/windows/programr/tar.zip
|
||||
Based on GNU tar 1.11.2.
|
||||
|
||||
.* Macintosh
|
||||
|
||||
. + There is a tar in Stuffit Expander which is available many places and
|
||||
comes with MacOS. It creates some spurious files but works on average.
|
||||
|
||||
. + There is an excellent GNU tar bundled in Tenon MachTen, but it does not
|
||||
seem to be available separately.
|
||||
274
README
274
README
@@ -1,90 +1,91 @@
|
||||
README for GNU tar
|
||||
See the end of file for copying conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduction
|
||||
Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with tar; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Please glance through *all* sections of this
|
||||
'README' file before starting configuration. Also make sure you read files
|
||||
'ABOUT-NLS' and 'INSTALL' if you are not familiar with them already.
|
||||
`README' file before starting configuration. Also make sure you read files
|
||||
`ABOUT-NLS' and `INSTALL' if you are not familiar with them already.
|
||||
|
||||
If you got the 'tar' distribution in 'shar' format, time stamps ought to be
|
||||
properly restored; do not ignore such complaints at 'unshar' time.
|
||||
If you got the `tar' distribution in `shar' format, time stamps ought to be
|
||||
properly restored; do not ignore such complaints at `unshar' time.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU 'tar' saves many files together into a single tape or disk
|
||||
GNU `tar' saves many files together into a single tape or disk
|
||||
archive, and can restore individual files from the archive. It includes
|
||||
multivolume support, the ability to archive sparse files, automatic archive
|
||||
compression/decompression, remote archives and special features that allow
|
||||
'tar' to be used for incremental and full backups. This distribution
|
||||
also includes 'rmt', the remote tape server. The 'mt' tape drive control
|
||||
program is in the GNU 'cpio' distribution.
|
||||
`tar' to be used for incremental and full backups. This distribution
|
||||
also includes `rmt', the remote tape server. The `mt' tape drive control
|
||||
program is in the GNU `cpio' distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU 'tar' is derived from John Gilmore's public domain 'tar'.
|
||||
GNU `tar' is derived from John Gilmore's public domain `tar'.
|
||||
|
||||
See file 'ABOUT-NLS' for how to customize this program to your language.
|
||||
See file 'COPYING' for copying conditions.
|
||||
See file 'INSTALL' for compilation and installation instructions.
|
||||
See file 'PORTS' for various ports of GNU tar to non-Unix systems.
|
||||
See file 'NEWS' for a list of major changes in the current release.
|
||||
See file 'THANKS' for a list of contributors.
|
||||
See file `ABOUT-NLS' for how to customize this program to your language.
|
||||
See file `COPYING' for copying conditions.
|
||||
See file `INSTALL' for compilation and installation instructions.
|
||||
See file `PORTS' for various ports of GNU tar to non-Unix systems.
|
||||
See file `NEWS' for a list of major changes in the current release.
|
||||
See file `THANKS' for a list of contributors.
|
||||
|
||||
Besides those configure options documented in files 'INSTALL' and
|
||||
'ABOUT-NLS', an extra option may be accepted after './configure':
|
||||
Besides those configure options documented in files `INSTALL' and
|
||||
`ABOUT-NLS', an extra option may be accepted after `./configure':
|
||||
|
||||
* Install
|
||||
|
||||
** Selecting the default archive format.
|
||||
|
||||
The default archive format is GNU, this can be overridden by
|
||||
presetting DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT while configuring. The allowed
|
||||
values are GNU, V7, OLDGNU, USTAR and POSIX.
|
||||
|
||||
** Selecting the default archive device
|
||||
|
||||
The default archive device is now 'stdin' on read and 'stdout' on write.
|
||||
The installer can still override this by presetting 'DEFAULT_ARCHIVE'
|
||||
in the environment before configuring (the behavior of '-[0-7]' or
|
||||
'-[0-7]lmh' options in 'tar' are then derived automatically). Similarly,
|
||||
'DEFAULT_BLOCKING' can be preset to something else than 20.
|
||||
|
||||
** Selecting full pathname of the "rmt" binary.
|
||||
|
||||
Previous versions of tar always looked for "rmt" binary in the
|
||||
directory "/etc/rmt". However, the "rmt" program included
|
||||
in the distribution was installed under "$prefix/libexec/rmt".
|
||||
To fix this discrepancy, tar now looks for "$prefix/libexec/rmt".
|
||||
If you do not want this behavior, specify full path name of
|
||||
"rmt" binary using DEFAULT_RMT_DIR variable, e.g.:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure DEFAULT_RMT_DIR=/etc
|
||||
|
||||
If you already have a copy of "rmt" installed and wish to use it
|
||||
instead of the version supplied with the distribution, use --with-rmt
|
||||
option:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --with-rmt=/etc/rmt
|
||||
|
||||
This will also disable building the included version of rmt.
|
||||
|
||||
** Installing backup scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
This version of tar is shipped with the shell scripts for producing
|
||||
incremental backups (dumps) and restoring filesystems from them.
|
||||
The name of the backup script is "backup". The name of the
|
||||
restore script is "restore". They are installed in "$prefix/sbin"
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Use option --enable-backup-scripts to compile and install these
|
||||
scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
** '--disable-largefile' omits support for large files, even if the
|
||||
* `--disable-largefile' omits support for large files, even if the
|
||||
operating system supports large files. Typically, large files are
|
||||
those larger than 2 GB on a 32-bit host.
|
||||
those larger on 2 GB on a 32-bit host.
|
||||
|
||||
* Installation hints
|
||||
The default archive device is now `stdin' on read and `stdout' on write.
|
||||
The installer can still override this by presetting `DEFAULT_ARCHIVE'
|
||||
in the environment before configuring (the behavior of `-[0-7]' or
|
||||
`-[0-7]lmh' options in `tar' are then derived automatically). Similarly,
|
||||
`DEFAULT_BLOCKING' can be preset to something else than 20.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are a few hints which might help installing 'tar' on some systems.
|
||||
For comprehensive modifications to GNU tar, you might need tools beyond
|
||||
those used in simple installations. Fully install GNU m4 1.4 first,
|
||||
and only then, Autoconf 2.13 or later. Install Perl, then Automake
|
||||
1.4 or later. You might need Bison 1.28 or later, and GNU tar itself.
|
||||
All are available on GNU archive sites, like in
|
||||
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/.
|
||||
|
||||
** gzip and bzip2.
|
||||
Send bug reports to `bug-tar@gnu.org'. (Beware, old-timers: it is
|
||||
`@gnu', not `@prep'; and not `bug-gnu-utils' anymore.) A bug report is
|
||||
an adequate description of the problem: your input, what you expected,
|
||||
what you got, and why this is wrong. Diffs are welcome, but they only
|
||||
describe a solution, from which the problem might be uneasy to infer.
|
||||
If needed, submit actual data files with your report. Small data files
|
||||
are preferred. Big files may sometimes be necessary, but do not send them
|
||||
to the report address; rather take special arrangement with the maintainer.
|
||||
|
||||
Your feedback will help us to make a better and more portable package.
|
||||
Consider documentation errors as bugs, and report them as such. If you
|
||||
develop anything pertaining to `tar' or have suggestions, let us know
|
||||
and share your findings by writing to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Installation hints
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Here are a few hints which might help installing `tar' on some systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* gzip and bzip2.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar uses the gzip and bzip2 programs to read and write compressed
|
||||
archives. If you don't have these programs already, you need to
|
||||
@@ -103,9 +104,9 @@ then you have encountered a gzip incompatibility that should be fixed
|
||||
in gzip test version 1.3, which as of this writing is available at
|
||||
<ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/>. You can work around the
|
||||
incompatibility by using a shell command like
|
||||
'gzip -d <file.tar.gz | tar -xzf -'.
|
||||
`gzip -d <file.tar.gz | tar -xzf -'.
|
||||
|
||||
** Solaris issues.
|
||||
* Solaris issues.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar exercises many features that can cause problems with older GCC
|
||||
versions. In particular, GCC 2.8.1 (sparc, -O1 or -O2) is known to
|
||||
@@ -116,15 +117,15 @@ Recent versions of Solaris tar sport a new -E option to generate
|
||||
extended headers in an undocumented format. GNU tar does not
|
||||
understand these headers.
|
||||
|
||||
** Static linking.
|
||||
* Static linking.
|
||||
|
||||
Some platform will, by default, prepare a smaller 'tar' executable
|
||||
which depends on shared libraries. Since GNU 'tar' may be used for
|
||||
Some platform will, by default, prepare a smaller `tar' executable
|
||||
which depends on shared libraries. Since GNU `tar' may be used for
|
||||
system-level backups and disaster recovery, installers might prefer to
|
||||
force static linking, making a bigger 'tar' executable maybe, but able to
|
||||
force static linking, making a bigger `tar' executable maybe, but able to
|
||||
work standalone, in situations where shared libraries are not available.
|
||||
The way to achieve static linking varies between systems. Set LDFLAGS
|
||||
to a value from the table below, before configuration (see 'INSTALL').
|
||||
to a value from the table below, before configuration (see `INSTALL').
|
||||
|
||||
Platform Compiler LDFLAGS
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -137,118 +138,59 @@ to a value from the table below, before configuration (see 'INSTALL').
|
||||
Solaris (vendor) -Bstatic
|
||||
SunOS (vendor) -Bstatic
|
||||
|
||||
** Failed tests 'ignfail.sh' or 'incremen.sh'.
|
||||
* Failed tests `ignfail.sh' or `incremen.sh'.
|
||||
|
||||
In an NFS environment, lack of synchronization between machine clocks
|
||||
might create difficulties to any tool comparing dates and file time stamps,
|
||||
like 'tar' in incremental dumps. This has been a recurrent problem with
|
||||
like `tar' in incremental dumps. This has been a recurrent problem with
|
||||
GNU Make for the last few years. We would like a general solution.
|
||||
|
||||
** BSD compatibility matters.
|
||||
* BSD compatibility matters.
|
||||
|
||||
Set LIBS to '-lbsd' before configuration (see 'INSTALL') if the linker
|
||||
complains about 'bsd_ioctl' (Slackware). Also set CPPFLAGS to
|
||||
'-I/usr/include/bsd' if <sgtty.h> is not found (Slackware).
|
||||
Set LIBS to `-lbsd' before configuration (see `INSTALL') if the linker
|
||||
complains about `bsd_ioctl' (Slackware). Also set CPPFLAGS to
|
||||
`-I/usr/include/bsd' if <sgtty.h> is not found (Slackware).
|
||||
|
||||
** OPENStep 4.2 swap files
|
||||
* OPENStep 4.2 swap files
|
||||
|
||||
Tar cannot read the file /private/vm/swapfile.front (even as root).
|
||||
This file is not a real file, but some kind of uncompressed view of
|
||||
the real compressed swap file; there is no reason to back it up, so
|
||||
the simplest workaround is to avoid tarring this file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Special topics
|
||||
|
||||
Here are a few special matters about GNU 'tar', not related to build
|
||||
Special topics
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Here are a few special matters about GNU `tar', not related to build
|
||||
matters. See previous section for such.
|
||||
|
||||
** File attributes.
|
||||
* File attributes.
|
||||
|
||||
About *security*, it is probable that future releases of 'tar' will have
|
||||
About *security*, it is probable that future releases of `tar' will have
|
||||
some behavior changed. There are many pending suggestions to choose from.
|
||||
Today, extracting an archive not being 'root', 'tar' will restore suid/sgid
|
||||
bits on files but owned by the extracting user. 'root' automatically gets
|
||||
a lot of special privileges, '-p' might later become required to get them.
|
||||
Today, extracting an archive not being `root', `tar' will restore suid/sgid
|
||||
bits on files but owned by the extracting user. `root' automatically gets
|
||||
a lot of special privileges, `-p' might later become required to get them.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU 'tar' does not properly restore symlink attributes. Various systems
|
||||
GNU `tar' does not properly restore symlink attributes. Various systems
|
||||
implement flavors of symbolic links showing different behavior and
|
||||
properties. We did not successfully sorted all these out yet. Currently,
|
||||
the 'lchown' call will be used if available, but that's all.
|
||||
the `lchown' call will be used if available, but that's all.
|
||||
|
||||
** POSIX compliance.
|
||||
* POSIX compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU 'tar' is able to create archive in the following formats:
|
||||
|
||||
*** The format of UNIX version 7
|
||||
*** POSIX.1-1988 format, also known as "ustar format"
|
||||
*** POSIX.1-2001 format, also known as "pax format"
|
||||
*** Old GNU format (described below)
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to those, GNU 'tar' is also able to read archives
|
||||
produced by 'star' archiver.
|
||||
|
||||
A so called 'Old GNU' format is based on an early draft of the
|
||||
POSIX 1003.1 'ustar' standard which is different from the final
|
||||
standard. It defines its extensions (such as incremental backups
|
||||
and handling of the long file names) in a way incompatible with
|
||||
any existing tar archive format, therefore the use of old GNU
|
||||
format is strongly discouraged.
|
||||
|
||||
Please read the file NEWS for more information about POSIX compliance
|
||||
and new 'tar' features.
|
||||
GNU `tar' implements an early draft of the POSIX 1003.1 `ustar' standard
|
||||
which is different from the final standard. This will be progressively
|
||||
corrected over the incoming few years. Don't be mislead by the mere
|
||||
existence of the --posix option. Later releases will become able to
|
||||
read truly POSIX archives, and also to produce them under option. (Also,
|
||||
if you look at the internals, don't take the GNU extensions you see for
|
||||
granted, as they are planned to change.) GNU tar 2.0 will produce POSIX
|
||||
archives by default, but there is a long way before we get there.
|
||||
|
||||
* What's next?
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar will be merged into GNU paxutils: a project containing
|
||||
several utilities related to creating and handling archives in
|
||||
various formats. The project will include tar, cpio and pax
|
||||
utilities.
|
||||
|
||||
* Bug reporting.
|
||||
|
||||
Send bug reports to <bug-tar@gnu.org>. A bug report should contain
|
||||
an adequate description of the problem, your input, what you expected,
|
||||
what you got, and why this is wrong. Diffs are welcome, but they only
|
||||
describe a solution, from which the problem might be uneasy to infer.
|
||||
If needed, submit actual data files with your report. Small data files
|
||||
are preferred. Big files may sometimes be necessary, but do not send them
|
||||
to the report address; rather take special arrangement with the maintainer.
|
||||
|
||||
Your feedback will help us to make a better and more portable package.
|
||||
Consider documentation errors as bugs, and report them as such. If you
|
||||
develop anything pertaining to 'tar' or have suggestions, let us know
|
||||
and share your findings by writing to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Copying
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 1990-1992, 1994, 1997-2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2012-2013 Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE ON COPYRIGHT YEARS
|
||||
|
||||
In copyright notices where the copyright holder is the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, then where a range of years appears, this is an inclusive
|
||||
range that applies to every year in the range. For example: 2005-2008
|
||||
represents the years 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008.
|
||||
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: outline
|
||||
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
|
||||
version-control: never
|
||||
End:
|
||||
In the future we will try to release tar-1.14 as soon as possible and
|
||||
start merging with paxutils afterwards. We'll also try to rewrite
|
||||
some parts of the documentation after paxutils has been merged.
|
||||
|
||||
282
README-alpha
282
README-alpha
@@ -1,80 +1,242 @@
|
||||
This is GNU tar.
|
||||
This is a test release of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a *pre-release* version, and not ready for production use yet.
|
||||
Please send comments and problem reports to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have taken the sources from CVS you will need the following
|
||||
packages (or later) to build GNU tar. We don't make any extra effort
|
||||
to accommodate older versions of these packages, so please make sure
|
||||
that you have the latest stable version.
|
||||
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
- Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
|
||||
- Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
|
||||
- Bison <http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/>
|
||||
- Gettext <http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/>
|
||||
- Gzip <http://www.gnu.org/software/gzip/>
|
||||
- M4 <http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
|
||||
- Texinfo <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>
|
||||
- Wget <http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/>
|
||||
This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
As of this writing, the latest stable version of Gzip is 1.2.4 but we
|
||||
suggest using test version 1.3.5 (or later, if one becomes available).
|
||||
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Valgrind <http://valgrind.org/> is also highly recommended, if
|
||||
Valgrind supports your architecture.
|
||||
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Before building the package, run "bootstrap". It obtains various
|
||||
additional files from the CVS repository and the Translation Project
|
||||
site and prepares the source directory for building.
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with tar; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
When run without arguments, bootstrap will try to obtain gnulib and
|
||||
paxutils files from their corresponding CVS repositories on Savannah
|
||||
using anonymous SSH access. Then, it will fetch the po files from tar
|
||||
page at Translation Project, and, finally, it will start autoconfiguration
|
||||
process. Simply running it without arguments should do in most cases.
|
||||
Several options allow to control the behavior of bootstrap:
|
||||
This release was built with GNU automake 1.5 patched as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
--gnulib-srcdir=DIRNAME Specify the local directory where gnulib
|
||||
sources reside. Use this if you already
|
||||
have gnulib sources on your machine, and
|
||||
do not want to waste your bandwidth dowloading
|
||||
them again.
|
||||
2001-09-24 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
|
||||
|
||||
--paxutils-srcdir=DIRNAME Specify the local directory where paxutils
|
||||
sources reside. Use this if you already
|
||||
have paxutils sources on your machine, and
|
||||
do not want to waste your bandwidth dowloading
|
||||
them again.
|
||||
* m4/header.m4 (_AM_Config_Header_Index): Remove.
|
||||
(AM_CONFIG_HEADER): Don't use it. It wasn't working, and was
|
||||
causing needless rebuilds.
|
||||
|
||||
--cvs-auth=METHOD Set the CVS access method used for downloading
|
||||
gnulib files. METHOD is one of the keywords
|
||||
accepted by cvs -d option (see info cvs
|
||||
repository).
|
||||
2001-09-14 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
|
||||
|
||||
--cvs-user=USERNAME Set the CVS username to be used when accessing
|
||||
the gnulib repository.
|
||||
* lib/am/distdir.am (REMOVE_DISTDIR):
|
||||
New macro. Do not change permission of non-directories.
|
||||
(distdir, dist, dist-bzip2, dist-tarZ, dist-shar, dist-zip, dist-all,
|
||||
distcheck): Use it.
|
||||
|
||||
--no-po Do not download po files.
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
RCS file: lib/am/distdir.am,v
|
||||
retrieving revision 1.5
|
||||
retrieving revision 1.5.0.1
|
||||
diff -pu -r1.5 -r1.5.0.1
|
||||
--- lib/am/distdir.am 2001/07/14 20:12:52 1.5
|
||||
+++ lib/am/distdir.am 2001/09/15 05:12:18 1.5.0.1
|
||||
@@ -29,6 +29,11 @@ else !%?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
?DISTDIR?distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
|
||||
endif !%?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
|
||||
+REMOVE_DISTDIR = \
|
||||
+ { test ! -d $(distdir) \
|
||||
+ || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
|
||||
+ && rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
|
||||
+
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
##
|
||||
## For Gnits users, this is pretty handy. Look at 15 lines
|
||||
@@ -47,7 +52,7 @@ endif %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
## Only for the top dir.
|
||||
##
|
||||
if %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
mkdir $(distdir)
|
||||
endif %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
##
|
||||
@@ -168,13 +173,13 @@ GZIP_ENV = --best
|
||||
.PHONY: dist
|
||||
dist: distdir
|
||||
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
if %?BZIP2%
|
||||
.PHONY: dist-bzip2
|
||||
dist-bzip2: distdir
|
||||
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
endif %?BZIP2%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -182,7 +187,7 @@ if %?COMPRESS%
|
||||
.PHONY: dist-tarZ
|
||||
dist-tarZ: distdir
|
||||
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
endif %?COMPRESS%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -190,7 +195,7 @@ if %?SHAR%
|
||||
.PHONY: dist-shar
|
||||
dist-shar: distdir
|
||||
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
endif %?SHAR%
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -199,7 +204,7 @@ if %?ZIP%
|
||||
dist-zip: distdir
|
||||
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
|
||||
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
endif %?ZIP%
|
||||
|
||||
endif %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
@@ -223,7 +228,7 @@ dist-all: distdir
|
||||
?SHAR? shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
|
||||
?ZIP? -rm -f $(distdir).zip
|
||||
?ZIP? zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
|
||||
endif %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -239,8 +244,7 @@ if %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
# tarfile.
|
||||
.PHONY: distcheck
|
||||
distcheck: dist
|
||||
-## Make sure we can remove distdir before trying to remove it.
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
|
||||
## Make the new source tree read-only. Distributions ought to work in
|
||||
## this case. However, make the top-level directory writable so we
|
||||
@@ -273,7 +277,7 @@ distcheck: dist
|
||||
&& (test `find . -type f -print | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|
||||
|| (echo "Error: files left after distclean" 1>&2; \
|
||||
exit 1) )
|
||||
- -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
|
||||
+ $(REMOVE_DISTDIR)
|
||||
@echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
|
||||
sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
|
||||
endif %?TOPDIR_P%
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
RCS file: m4/header.m4,v
|
||||
retrieving revision 1.5
|
||||
retrieving revision 1.5.0.1
|
||||
diff -pu -r1.5 -r1.5.0.1
|
||||
--- m4/header.m4 2001/07/21 05:27:26 1.5
|
||||
+++ m4/header.m4 2001/09/24 18:29:30 1.5.0.1
|
||||
@@ -11,18 +11,16 @@ AC_PREREQ([2.12])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER],
|
||||
[ifdef([AC_FOREACH],dnl
|
||||
- [dnl init our file count if it isn't already
|
||||
- m4_ifndef([_AM_Config_Header_Index], m4_define([_AM_Config_Header_Index], [0]))
|
||||
+ [
|
||||
dnl prepare to store our destination file list for use in config.status
|
||||
AC_FOREACH([_AM_File], [$1],
|
||||
[m4_pushdef([_AM_Dest], m4_patsubst(_AM_File, [:.*]))
|
||||
- m4_define([_AM_Config_Header_Index], m4_incr(_AM_Config_Header_Index))
|
||||
dnl and add it to the list of files AC keeps track of, along
|
||||
dnl with our hook
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(_AM_File,
|
||||
dnl COMMANDS, [, INIT-CMDS]
|
||||
[# update the timestamp
|
||||
-echo timestamp >"AS_ESCAPE(_AM_DIRNAME(]_AM_Dest[))/stamp-h]_AM_Config_Header_Index["
|
||||
+echo timestamp >"AS_ESCAPE(_AM_DIRNAME(]_AM_Dest[))/stamp-h"
|
||||
][$2]m4_ifval([$3], [, [$3]]))dnl AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
|
||||
m4_popdef([_AM_Dest])])],dnl
|
||||
[AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
|
||||
|
||||
Notice also that when using CVS authentication method "ext", bootstrap
|
||||
will set the variable CVS_RSH to "ssh", unless it is already set to
|
||||
some other value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2001, 2003-2005, 2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
and with GNU autoconf 2.52 patched as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
2001-09-15 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
Fix bug reported by Paul Townsend on AIX 4.3.3.0 with
|
||||
CFLAGS=-O4 or CFLAGS=-O5. In that case, the linker has a
|
||||
relaxed view of fatal errors, and AC_CHECK_LIB causes it to
|
||||
include libraries even when they don't exist.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
* acheaders.m4 (AC_HEADER_DIRENT): Use AC_SEARCH_LIBS, not
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB, so that we don't use -ldir or -lx if we don't
|
||||
need it.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
* acspecific.m4 (AC_ISC_POSIX): Replace the old, crufty
|
||||
version with the version used by fileutils 4.1, except use
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS, not AC_CHECK_LIB, so that we don't use
|
||||
-lcposix if we don't need it.
|
||||
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
RCS file: acheaders.m4,v
|
||||
retrieving revision 2.52
|
||||
retrieving revision 2.52.0.1
|
||||
diff -pu -r2.52 -r2.52.0.1
|
||||
--- acheaders.m4 2001/07/03 14:19:09 2.52
|
||||
+++ acheaders.m4 2001/09/16 02:53:51 2.52.0.1
|
||||
@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break])
|
||||
done
|
||||
# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix.
|
||||
if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then
|
||||
- AC_CHECK_LIB(dir, opendir, LIBS="$LIBS -ldir")
|
||||
+ AC_SEARCH_LIBS(opendir, dir)
|
||||
else
|
||||
- AC_CHECK_LIB(x, opendir, LIBS="$LIBS -lx")
|
||||
+ AC_SEARCH_LIBS(opendir, x)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])# AC_HEADER_DIRENT
|
||||
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
RCS file: acspecific.m4,v
|
||||
retrieving revision 2.52
|
||||
retrieving revision 2.52.0.1
|
||||
diff -pu -r2.52 -r2.52.0.1
|
||||
--- acspecific.m4 2001/06/15 17:46:01 2.52
|
||||
+++ acspecific.m4 2001/09/16 02:53:51 2.52.0.1
|
||||
@@ -993,28 +993,7 @@ fi
|
||||
# AC_ISC_POSIX
|
||||
# ------------
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
|
||||
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE])dnl
|
||||
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_RUN_IFELSE])dnl
|
||||
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for POSIXized ISC])
|
||||
-if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d &&
|
||||
- grep _POSIX_VERSION [/usr/include/sys/unistd.h] >/dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
-then
|
||||
- AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
- ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC.
|
||||
- AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_SOURCE, 1,
|
||||
- [Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to
|
||||
- work.])
|
||||
- if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
- CC="$CC -posix"
|
||||
- else
|
||||
- CC="$CC -Xp"
|
||||
- fi
|
||||
-else
|
||||
- AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
- ISC=
|
||||
-fi
|
||||
-])# AC_ISC_POSIX
|
||||
+[AC_SEARCH_LIBS(strerror, cposix)])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# AC_XENIX_DIR
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
These notes intend to help people working on the Git version of
|
||||
this package.
|
||||
|
||||
* Requirements
|
||||
|
||||
You need the following packages to build the Git version of GNU
|
||||
tar. We do not make any efforts to accommodate older versions of
|
||||
these packages, so please make sure that you have the latest stable
|
||||
version.
|
||||
|
||||
- Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
|
||||
- Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
|
||||
- M4 <http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
|
||||
- Texinfo <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>
|
||||
- Gnulib <http://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib>
|
||||
- Git <http://git.or.cz>
|
||||
|
||||
* Bootstrapping
|
||||
|
||||
Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to clone
|
||||
tar from Git. The next step is to get other files needed to build,
|
||||
which are extracted from other source packages:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Change to the source tree directory
|
||||
|
||||
cd tar
|
||||
|
||||
2. Run
|
||||
|
||||
./bootstrap
|
||||
|
||||
Once done, proceed as described in the file README (section
|
||||
INSTALLATION).
|
||||
|
||||
Normally you will have to run bootstrap only once. However, if you
|
||||
intend to hack on GNU tar, you might need to run it again later. In
|
||||
this case, you will probably want to save some time and bandwidth by
|
||||
avoiding downloading the same files again. If so, create in GNU tar
|
||||
root directory the file named '.bootstrap' with the following
|
||||
contents:
|
||||
|
||||
--gnulib-srcdir=$HOME/gnulib
|
||||
|
||||
Replace '$HOME/gnulib' with the actual directory where the Gnulib
|
||||
sources reside.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about 'bootstrap', run 'bootstrap --help'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Copyright information
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2007-2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
^L
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: outline
|
||||
paragraph-separate: "[ ^L]*$"
|
||||
version-control: never
|
||||
End:
|
||||
156
THANKS
156
THANKS
@@ -1,14 +1,11 @@
|
||||
GNU tar THANKS file
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the AUTHORS file for the list of principal authors.
|
||||
|
||||
Many people further contributed to GNU tar by reporting problems,
|
||||
suggesting various improvements or submitting actual code. Here is a
|
||||
list of these people. Help me keep it complete and exempt of errors.
|
||||
See various ChangeLogs for a detailed description of contributions.
|
||||
GNU tar has originally been written by Graham Todd. Many people
|
||||
further contributed to GNU tar by reporting problems, suggesting
|
||||
various improvements or submitting actual code. Here is a list of
|
||||
these people. Help me keep it complete and exempt of errors.
|
||||
|
||||
Aage Robeck aagero@ifi.uio.no
|
||||
Adye, TJ (Tim) T.J.Adye@rl.ac.uk
|
||||
Akiko Matsushita matusita@sra.co.jp
|
||||
Alan Bawden Alan@lcs.mit.edu
|
||||
Alan Cox alan@cymru.net
|
||||
@@ -28,7 +25,6 @@ Andreas Haumer andreas@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at
|
||||
Andreas Jaeger aj@arthur.pfalz.de
|
||||
Andreas Koppenhoefer koppenh@trick.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
|
||||
Andreas Reuter ar205@bonzo.geowiss.nat.tu-bs.de
|
||||
Andreas Schuldei andreas@schuldei.org
|
||||
Andreas Schwab schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
|
||||
Andrew A. Ivanov ivanov@mics.msu.su
|
||||
Andrew J. Schorr schorr@ead.dsa.com
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +34,7 @@ Andy Gay andy@rdl.co.uk
|
||||
Antonio Jose Coutinho ajc@di.uminho.pt
|
||||
Ariel Faigon ariel@engr.sgi.com
|
||||
Arne Wichmann aw@math.uni-sb.de
|
||||
Arnold Robbins arnold@gnu.org
|
||||
Arnold Robbins arnold@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Art Isbell aisbell@cubicsol.com
|
||||
Axel Boldt boldt@math.ucsb.edu
|
||||
Axel Habermann kiwi@belly.in-berlin.de
|
||||
@@ -48,11 +44,9 @@ Bela Lubkin filbo@armory.com
|
||||
Ben A. Mesander ben@piglet.cr.usgs.gov
|
||||
Benedikt Stockebrand benedikt@devnull.ruhr.de
|
||||
Bennett Todd bet@mordor.com
|
||||
Benno Schulenberg benno@nietvergeten.nl
|
||||
Benny Holmgren benny@hgs.se
|
||||
Bernard Chen bern@cs.ucla.edu
|
||||
Bernard Derval derval@iro.umontreal.ca
|
||||
Bernhard Rosenkraenzer bero@redhat.de
|
||||
Bo Nygaard Bai bai@iesd.auc.dk
|
||||
Bob Kaehms kaehms@was.archive.org
|
||||
Bob Mende Pie mende@piecomputer.rutgers.edu
|
||||
@@ -63,24 +57,21 @@ Brian Perkins bperkins@netspace.org
|
||||
Brian R. Smith brian@cygnus.com
|
||||
Bruce Evans bde@runx.oz.au
|
||||
Bruce Jerrick bruce@cse.ogi.edu
|
||||
Bruno Haible haible@ilog.fr
|
||||
Bryan Ford baford@mit.edu
|
||||
Bruno Haible haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de
|
||||
Bryant Fujimoto fujimoto@denali.chem.washington.edu
|
||||
Burkhard Plache plache@krusty.optimax.ns.ca
|
||||
Calvin Cliff cliff@trifid.astro.ucla.edu
|
||||
Cameron Elliott cam@mvbms.mvbms.com
|
||||
Carl Streeter streeter@cae.wisc.edu
|
||||
Carl Worth cworth@cworth.org
|
||||
Carsten Heyl heyl@nads.de
|
||||
Catrin Urbanneck cur@gppc.de
|
||||
Cesar Romani romani@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
|
||||
Chad Hurwitz churritz@cts.com
|
||||
Chance Reschke creschke@usra.edu
|
||||
Charles Fu ccwf@klab.caltech.edu
|
||||
Charles Lopes Charles.Lopes@infm.ulst.ac.uk
|
||||
Charles M. Hannum mycroft@gnu.org
|
||||
Charles M. Hannum mycroft@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Chip Salzenberg tct!chip
|
||||
Chris Arthur csa@gnu.org
|
||||
Chris Arthur csa@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Chris F.M. Verberne verberne@prl.philips.nl
|
||||
Chris G. Demetriou cgd@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu
|
||||
Chris Hopps sycom.mi.org!ro-chp!chopps
|
||||
@@ -88,13 +79,10 @@ Chris Metcalf metcalf@catfish.lcs.mit.edu
|
||||
Chris Ransom chris@quests.com
|
||||
Christian Callsen Christian.Callsen@eng.sun.com
|
||||
Christian Kirsch ck@held.mind.de
|
||||
Christian Laubscher christian.laubscher@tiscalinet.ch
|
||||
Christian T. Dum ctd@mpe-garching.mpg.de
|
||||
Christian von Roques roques@pond.sub.org
|
||||
Christian Wetzel wetzel@phoenix-pacs.de
|
||||
Christoph Litauer litauer@mailhost.uni-koblenz.de
|
||||
Christophe Colle colle@krtkg1.rug.ac.be
|
||||
Christophe Kalt Christophe.Kalt@kbcfp.com
|
||||
Christopher T. Johnson cjohnson@camelot.com
|
||||
Christopher Vickery vickery@ipc1.cs.qc.edu
|
||||
Claude Scarpelli claude@genethon.fr
|
||||
@@ -104,13 +92,11 @@ Clinton Carr clint@netcom.com
|
||||
Conrad Hughes chughes@maths.tcd.ie
|
||||
Constantin Belous const@cris.net
|
||||
Coranth Gryphon gryphon@bur.visidyne.com
|
||||
Cyril Strejc strejc@unicontrols.cz
|
||||
Dale R. Worley worley@world.std.com
|
||||
Dale Wiles wiles@geordi.calspan.com
|
||||
Dan Bloch dan@transarc.com
|
||||
Dan Drake dan@dandrake.org
|
||||
Dan Reish dreish@izzy.net
|
||||
Daniel Hagerty hag@gnu.org
|
||||
Daniel Hagerty hag@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Daniel Quinlan quinlan@pathname.com
|
||||
Daniel R. Guilderson d.guilderson@ma30.bull.com
|
||||
Daniel S. Barclay daniel@compass-da.com
|
||||
@@ -119,8 +105,6 @@ Danny R. Johnston danny@cs.weber.edu
|
||||
Dave Barr barr@math.psu.edu
|
||||
Dave Gentzel gentzel@nova.enet.dec.com
|
||||
Dave Gregorich dtg@ipac.caltech.edu
|
||||
David Barri japgolly@gmail.com
|
||||
David Brown davidb@davidb.org
|
||||
David J. MacKenzie djm@uunet.uu.net
|
||||
David Johnson David.W.Johnson@colorado.edu
|
||||
David K. Drum ccdavid@mizzou1.missouri.edu
|
||||
@@ -135,7 +119,6 @@ David Steiner dsteiner@ispa.uni-osnabrueck.de
|
||||
David Taylor taylor@think.com
|
||||
Dean Gaudet dgaudet@watdragon.uwaterloo.ca
|
||||
Demizu Noritoshi nori-d@is.aist-nara.ac.jp
|
||||
Denis Excoffier denis.excoffier@free.fr
|
||||
Denis Fortin fortin@acm.org
|
||||
Dennis Pixton dennis@math.binghamton.edu
|
||||
Dick Streefland dicks@tasking.nl
|
||||
@@ -144,24 +127,21 @@ Dimitri Bougoulias opus@hol.gr
|
||||
Dimitris Fousekis dfousek@leon.nrcps.ariadne-t.gr
|
||||
Dirk Herr-Hoyman hoymand@gate.net
|
||||
Don Bennett dpb@netcom.com
|
||||
Donald B Gordon dbgordon@gnu.org
|
||||
Donald B Gordon dbgordon@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Donald H. Locker dhl@spuf1d83.lcp.chrysler.com
|
||||
Douglas Scott doug@foxtrot.ccmrc.ucsb.edu
|
||||
Drew Sullivan drew@sni.ca
|
||||
Drew Trieger trieger@woodstock.abbott.com
|
||||
Dunstan Vavasour dev@cegelecproj.co.uk
|
||||
Ed Childs echilds@bgs.com
|
||||
Ed Leaver ewleaver@comcast.net
|
||||
Edgar Taube et@immd8.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
|
||||
Eduardo Kortright eduardo@cs.ua.edu
|
||||
Eduardo V. de Rivas eddie@asterion.com
|
||||
Edward Welbourne eddy@gen.cam.ac.uk
|
||||
Elmar Heeb heeb@itp.ethz.ch
|
||||
Elmer Fittery elmerf@ptw.com
|
||||
Enric Hernandez ehernandez@notariado.org
|
||||
Eric Backus ericb@lsid.hp.com
|
||||
Eric Benson eb@amazon.com
|
||||
Eric Blake ebb9@byu.net
|
||||
Eric M. Boehm Eric.M.Boehm@optimumtech.com
|
||||
Eric Norum eric@ee.ualberta.ca
|
||||
Erich Stefan Boleyn erich@uruk.org
|
||||
@@ -170,15 +150,13 @@ Erik D. Frederick edf@deckard.mc.duke.edu
|
||||
Esa Karell karell@cs.helsinki.fi
|
||||
Ezra Peisach epeisach@mit.edu
|
||||
Fabio d'Alessi cars@civ.bio.unipd.it
|
||||
Frank Heckenbach frank@g-n-u.de
|
||||
Frank Koenen koenfr@lidp.com
|
||||
Franz-Werner Gergen gergen@edvulx.mpi-stuttgart.mpg.de
|
||||
François Pinard pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
|
||||
Fran<EFBFBD>ois Pinard pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
|
||||
Fritz Elfert fritz@fsun.triltsch.de
|
||||
George Chyu gschyu@ccgate.dp.beckman.com
|
||||
Gerben Wierda gerben@rna.indiv.nluug.nl
|
||||
Gerd Knorr kraxel@cs.tu-berlin.de
|
||||
Gerhard Poul gpoul@gnu.org
|
||||
Giorgio Signorini signo@chim.unifi.it
|
||||
Graham Whitted gbw@sgrail.com
|
||||
Grant McDorman grant@isgtec.com
|
||||
@@ -187,26 +165,21 @@ Greg Chung gchung@caip.rutgers.edu
|
||||
Greg Hudson ghudson@mit.edu
|
||||
Greg Maples greg@clari.net
|
||||
Greg McGary gkm@cstone.net
|
||||
Greg Schafer gschafer@zip.com.au
|
||||
Göran Uddeborg gvran@uddeborg.pp.se
|
||||
Gürkan Karaman karaman@dssgmbh.de
|
||||
G<EFBFBD>ran Uddeborg gvran@uddeborg.pp.se
|
||||
Hans Guerth 100664.3101@compuserve.com
|
||||
Hansjörg Lipp hjlipp@web.de
|
||||
Harald König koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
|
||||
Harald K<>nig koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
|
||||
Harald Milz hm@seneca.ix.de
|
||||
Heiko Schinke mdqac@biochemtech.uni-halle.de
|
||||
Heiko Schlichting heiko@fu-berlin.de
|
||||
Helmut Waitzmann Helmut.Waitzmann@web.de
|
||||
Henrik Bakman hb@csd.uu.se
|
||||
Hernan Prieto Schmidt hernan@pea.usp.br
|
||||
Hiroyuki Bessho bsh@grotto.iijnet.or.jp
|
||||
Holger Teutsch holger@hotbso.rhein-main.de
|
||||
Hugh Secker-Walker hugh@ear.mit.edu
|
||||
Hunyue Yau hunyue.yau@picksys.com
|
||||
Ian Jackson ijackson@gnu.org
|
||||
Ian Jackson ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Ian Lance Taylor ian@cygnus.com
|
||||
Ian T. Zimmerman itz@crl.com
|
||||
Ian Turner ian@zmanda.com
|
||||
Indra Singhal indra@synoptics.com
|
||||
J. Dean Brock brock@cs.unca.edu
|
||||
J.J. Bailey jjb@jagware.bcc.com
|
||||
@@ -223,14 +196,11 @@ Jan Djarv jan.djarv@mbox200.swipnet.se
|
||||
Janice Burton r06a165@bcc25.kodak.com
|
||||
Janne Snabb snabb@niksula.hut.fi
|
||||
Jason R. Mastaler jason@webmaster.net
|
||||
Jason Armistead Jason.Armistead@otis.com
|
||||
Jay Fenlason hack@gnu.org
|
||||
Jean-Louis Martineau martineau@zmanda.com
|
||||
Jay Fenlason hack@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Jean-Michel Soenen soenen@lectra.fr
|
||||
Jean-Loup Gailly jloup@chorus.fr
|
||||
Jeff Moskow jeff@rtr.com
|
||||
Jean-Ph. Martin-Flatin syj@ecmwf.int
|
||||
Jean-Pierre Demailly Jean-Pierre.Demailly@ujf-grenoble.fr
|
||||
Jean-loup Gailly jloup@chorus.fr
|
||||
Jeff Moskow jeff@rtr.com
|
||||
Jeff Prothero jsp@betz.biostr.washington.edu
|
||||
Jeff Siegel js@hornet.att.com
|
||||
Jeff Sorensen sorenj@alumni.rpi.edu
|
||||
@@ -243,7 +213,6 @@ Jim Clausing jac@postbox.acs.ohio-state.edu
|
||||
Jim Farrell jwf@platinum.com
|
||||
Jim Meyering meyering@na-net.ornl.gov
|
||||
Jim Murray jjm@jjm.com
|
||||
Jivko Angelov jivko@siteground.com
|
||||
Joachim Holzfuss Joachim.Holzfuss@iap.physik.th-darmstadt.de
|
||||
Joachim Seelig joachim@kruemel.han.de
|
||||
Joe DeBattista joed@itsa.ucsf.edu
|
||||
@@ -255,16 +224,13 @@ John David Anglin dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca
|
||||
John Gilmore gnu@toad.com
|
||||
John J. Szetela johns@angelo.amd.com
|
||||
John L. Chmielewski jlc@attmail.com
|
||||
John L. Males jlmales@yahoo.com
|
||||
John Oleynick juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
|
||||
John R. Vanderpool fish@daacdev1.stx.com
|
||||
John Rouillard rouilj@cs.umb.edu
|
||||
John Thomas McDole john.thomas.mcdole@nagra.com
|
||||
Jon Lewis jlewis@inorganic5.fdt.net
|
||||
Jonathan I. Kamens jik@cam.ov.com
|
||||
Jonathan N. Sherman sysjns@etacrs1.safb.af.mil
|
||||
Jonathan Thornburg thornbur@theory.physics.ubc.ca
|
||||
Josef Bauer Josef.Bauer@mchp.siemens.de
|
||||
Joseph E. Sacco jsacco@ssl.com
|
||||
Joshua R. Poulson jrp@plaza.ds.adp.com
|
||||
Joutsiniemi Tommi Il tj75064@cs.tut.fi
|
||||
@@ -272,18 +238,15 @@ Joy Kendall jak8@world.std.com
|
||||
Judy Ricker jricker@gdstech.grumman.com
|
||||
Juha Sarlin juha@tds.kth.se
|
||||
Jurgen Botz jbotz@orixa.mtholyoke.edu
|
||||
J<EFBFBD>rgen L<>ters jlueters@t-online.de
|
||||
J<EFBFBD>rgen Reiss reiss@psychologie.uni-wuerzburg.de
|
||||
Jyh-Shyang Wang erik@vsp.ee.nctu.edu.tw
|
||||
Jörg Schilling schilling@fokus.fraunhofer.de
|
||||
Jörg Weule weule@cs.uni-duesseldorf.de
|
||||
Jörg Weilbier gnu@weilbier.net
|
||||
Jörgen Hågg Jorgen.Hagg@axis.se
|
||||
Jörgen Weigert jw@suse.de
|
||||
Jürgen Lüters jlueters@t-online.de
|
||||
Jürgen Reiss reiss@psychologie.uni-wuerzburg.de
|
||||
J<EFBFBD>rg Weule weule@cs.uni-duesseldorf.de
|
||||
J<EFBFBD>rgen H<>gg Jorgen.Hagg@axis.se
|
||||
Kai Petzke wpp@marie.physik.tu-berlin.de
|
||||
Kai Schlichting kai@computel.com
|
||||
Karl Berry karl@cs.umb.edu
|
||||
Karl Heuer kwzh@gnu.org
|
||||
Karl Heuer kwzh@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Karl Vogel vogelke@c-17igp.wpafb.af.mil
|
||||
Karlos Z. Smith kazen@viptx.net
|
||||
Karsten Thygesen karthy@kom.auc.dk
|
||||
@@ -299,19 +262,14 @@ Kimmy Posey kimmyd@bnr.ca
|
||||
Koji Kishi kis@rqa.sony.co.jp
|
||||
Konno Hiroharu konno@pac.co.jp
|
||||
Kurt Jaeger pi@lf.net
|
||||
James Antill jantill@redhat.com
|
||||
Larry Creech lcreech@lonestar.rcclub.org
|
||||
Larry Schwimmer rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu
|
||||
Lasse Collin lasse.collin@tukaani.org
|
||||
Laurent Caillat-Vallet caillat@noe.lyon.cemagref.fr
|
||||
Laurent Sainte-Marthe smarthe@genethon.fr
|
||||
Leland Lucius llucius@tiny.net
|
||||
Les Mikesell les@mcs.com
|
||||
Loren J. Rittle rittle@comm.mot.com
|
||||
Loïc Prylli Loic.Prylli@lip.ens-lyon.fr
|
||||
Lo<EFBFBD>c Prylli Loic.Prylli@lip.ens-lyon.fr
|
||||
Luke Mewburn lukem@connect.com.au
|
||||
Machael Stone mstone@cs.loyola.edu
|
||||
Mads Martin Joergensen mmj@suse.de
|
||||
Manfred Weichel Manfred.Weichel@mch.sni.de
|
||||
Manuel Munier Manuel.Munier@loria.fr
|
||||
Marc Boucher marc@cam.org
|
||||
@@ -325,9 +283,8 @@ Mark Kollert Mark.Kollert@oi42.kwu.siemens.de
|
||||
Mark W. Eichin eichin@cygnus.com
|
||||
Markus Kuhn mskuhn@cip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
|
||||
Martin Bellenberg sunsoft@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
|
||||
Martin Goik goik@HDM-Stuttgart.de
|
||||
Martin Goik goma0002@fh-karlsruhe.de
|
||||
Martin Mares mj@k332.feld.cvut.cz
|
||||
Martin Simmons ZYHYLCRMZPRP@spammotel.com
|
||||
Marty Leisner leisner@eso.mc.xerox.com
|
||||
Massimo Dal Zotto dz@cs.unitn.it
|
||||
Mats Lofkvist d87-mal@nada.kth.se
|
||||
@@ -336,8 +293,7 @@ Matthew J. D'Errico doc@deathstar.lis.cch.com
|
||||
Matti Aarnio mea@utu.fi
|
||||
Max Hailperin max@nic.gac.edu
|
||||
Maxime Taksar mmt@redbrick.com
|
||||
Melissa O'Neill oneill@cs.sfu.ca
|
||||
Melissa Weisshaus melissa@gnu.org
|
||||
Melissa Weisshaus melissa@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Michael Dietrich mdt@is.in-berlin.de
|
||||
Michael Ellis bosun@aquarius.seaoar.uvic.ca
|
||||
Michael Giddings giddings@whitewater.chem.wisc.edu
|
||||
@@ -353,7 +309,6 @@ Michael P Urban urban@cobra.jpl.nasa.gov
|
||||
Michael Schmidt michael@muc.de
|
||||
Michael Schwingen m.schwingen@stochastik.rwth-aachen.de
|
||||
Michael Smolsky fnsiguc@astro.weizmann.ac.il
|
||||
Michal Žejdl zejdl@suas.cz
|
||||
Mike Muuss mike@brl.mil
|
||||
Mike Nolan nolan@lpl.arizona.edu
|
||||
Mike Rogers mike@demon.net
|
||||
@@ -362,27 +317,21 @@ Mike Walker M.D.Walker@larc.nasa.gov
|
||||
Milan Hodoscek milan@kihp6.ki.si
|
||||
Minh Tran-Le tranle@intellicorp.com
|
||||
Mitsuaki Masuhara masuhara@mcprv.mec.mei.co.jp
|
||||
Natalie Alifanova na@nxc.no
|
||||
Nate Eldredge nate@cs.hmc.edu
|
||||
Nathan Stratton Treadway nathanst+bugtar@ontko.com
|
||||
Neil Faulks neil@dcs.kcl.ac.uk
|
||||
Neil Jerram nj104@cus.cam.ac.uk
|
||||
Nelson H.F. Beebe beebe@math.utah.edu
|
||||
Nick Barron nikb@cix.compulink.co.uk
|
||||
Nicolas Dudebout nicolas.dudebout@gmail.com
|
||||
Noah Friedman friedman@gnu.org
|
||||
Noah Friedman friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Noel Cragg noel@red-bean.com
|
||||
Norbert Kiesel norbert@rwthi3.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
|
||||
Olaf Schlueter olaf@toppoint.de
|
||||
Olaf Wucknitz owucknitz@hs.uni-hamburg.de
|
||||
Oliver Trepte oliver@fysik4.kth.se
|
||||
Olivier Roussel roussel@lifl.fr
|
||||
Ondřej Vašík ovasik@redhat.com
|
||||
Oswald P. Backus IV backus@lks.csi.com
|
||||
Pascal Meheut pascal@cnam.cnam.fr
|
||||
Patrick Fulconis fulco@sig.uvsq.fr
|
||||
Patrick Timmons timmons@electech.polymtl.ca
|
||||
Pavel Raiskup praiskup@redhat.com
|
||||
Paul Eggert eggert@twinsun.com
|
||||
Paul Kanz paul@icx.com
|
||||
Paul Mitchell P.Mitchell@surrey.ac.uk
|
||||
@@ -400,18 +349,13 @@ Peter Fox fox@gec-mi-at.co.uk
|
||||
Peter Kutschera peter@zditr1.arcs.ac.at
|
||||
Peter Seebach seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
|
||||
Phil Hands phil@hands.com
|
||||
Phil Proudman phil@proudman51.freeserve.co.uk
|
||||
Philippe Defert defert@cern.ch
|
||||
Piercarlo Grandi piercarl@sabi.demon.co.uk
|
||||
Pierce Cantrell cantrell@ee.tamu.edu
|
||||
Piotr Rotter piotr.rotter@active24.pl
|
||||
R. Kent Dybvig dyb@cadence.bloomington.in.us
|
||||
R. Scott Butler butler@prism.es.dupont.com
|
||||
Rainer Orth ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
|
||||
Ralf Wildenhues Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de
|
||||
Ralf S. Engelschall rse@engelschall.com
|
||||
Rainer Orth ro@thp.uni-koeln.de
|
||||
Ralf Suckow suckow@contrib.de
|
||||
Ralph Corderoy ralph@inputplus.co.uk
|
||||
Ralph Schleicher rs@purple.ul.bawue.de
|
||||
Randy Bias randyb@edge.edge.net
|
||||
Ray Dassen jdassen@wi.leidenuniv.nl
|
||||
@@ -419,11 +363,11 @@ Reuben J. Ravago reuben@asti.dost.gov.ph
|
||||
Reuben Sumner rasumner@undergrad.math.uwaterloo.ca
|
||||
Ricardo Marek ricky@ornet.co.il
|
||||
Richard Deal deal@xi.cs.fsu.edu
|
||||
Richard J. Kettlewell rjk@greenend.org.uk
|
||||
Richard J. Kettlewell richard@elmail.co.uk
|
||||
Richard Lloyd R.K.Lloyd@csc.liv.ac.uk
|
||||
Richard O'Neill richard@nexus.vnus.bc.ca
|
||||
Richard Sims rbs@acs.bu.edu
|
||||
Richard Stallman rms@gnu.org
|
||||
Richard Stallman rms@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Richard Westerik richardw@bssi.nl
|
||||
Rick Emerson rick@ssg.com
|
||||
Rob Parry rparry@hydrolab.arsusda.gov
|
||||
@@ -442,18 +386,18 @@ Rod Buchanan rod.buchanan@kratos.co.uk
|
||||
Rod Thompson rodt@synopsys.com
|
||||
Roderich Schupp roderich@syntec.m.eunet.de
|
||||
Rodney Brown RBrown@cocam.com.au
|
||||
Roland McGrath roland@gnu.org
|
||||
Roland McGrath roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Roland Schemers III schemers@vela.acs.oakland.edu
|
||||
Rolf Niepraschk niepraschk@chbrb.berlin.ptb.de
|
||||
Roman Czyborra czyborra@cs.tu-berlin.de
|
||||
Roman Gollent roman@portal.stwing.upenn.edu
|
||||
Roman Czyborra czyborra@cs.tu-berlin.de
|
||||
Ron Guilmette rfg@netcom.com
|
||||
Roy Marantz marantz@nbcs.rutgers.edu
|
||||
Russ Evans e_gs18@ub.nmh.ac.uk
|
||||
Russell Cattelan cattelan@thebarn.com
|
||||
Ryutaro Susukita susukita@pn.scphys.kyoto-u.ac.jp
|
||||
Sakai Kiyotaka ksakai@netwk.ntt-at.co.jp
|
||||
Sam Richards sam@blueskyprod.com
|
||||
Sakai Kiyotaka ksakai@netwk.ntt-at.co.jp
|
||||
Santiago Vila Doncel sanvila@unex.es
|
||||
Sarah Quady squady@warp10.keck.hawaii.edu
|
||||
Saul Lubkin lubkin@cs.rochester.edu
|
||||
@@ -466,10 +410,9 @@ Serge Granik serge@euler.berkeley.edu
|
||||
Seth Robertson seth@ctr.columbia.edu
|
||||
Sherwood Botsford sherwood@space.ualberta.ca
|
||||
Simon Wright simon.j.wright@gecm.com
|
||||
Simon Wright simon@pogner.demon.co.uk
|
||||
Sisira Jayasinghe sisira.jayasinghe@sdrc.com
|
||||
Skip Montanaro skip@mojam.com http://www.musi-cal.com/~skip/
|
||||
Solar Designer solar@openwall.com
|
||||
Skip Montanaro skip@automatrix.com
|
||||
Simon Wright simon@pogner.demon.co.uk
|
||||
Stefan Skoglund sp2stes1@ida.his.se
|
||||
Steffen Stempel stempel@ira.uka.de
|
||||
Stephen Gildea gildea@intouchsys.com
|
||||
@@ -478,14 +421,13 @@ Stephen Saroff saroff@msc.edu
|
||||
Stuart Kemp skemp@bmc.com
|
||||
Stuart Poulin stuart@indsys.com
|
||||
Sven Verdoolaege skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be
|
||||
Sylvain Rougier un@grolier.fr
|
||||
Sylvain ROUGIER un@grolier.fr
|
||||
Tarang Kumar Patel mombasa@ptolemy.arc.nasa.gov
|
||||
Ted Rule Ted_Rule@flextech.co.uk
|
||||
The King elvis@gnu.org
|
||||
Thomas metaf4@users.askja.de
|
||||
Thomas Bushnell n/BSG thomas@gnu.org
|
||||
The King elvis@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Thomas Bushnell n/BSG thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Thomas K<EFBFBD>nig Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
|
||||
Thomas Krebs krebs@faps.uni-erlangen.de
|
||||
Thomas König Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
|
||||
Thomas M. Browder Jr. browder@use1.eglin.af.mil
|
||||
Thomas Priesner priesner@flo.sh.bosch.de
|
||||
Thomas Waas waas@echild.aiss.de
|
||||
@@ -498,45 +440,37 @@ Tim P. Starrin noid@cyborg.larc.nasa.gov
|
||||
Tim Ramsey tar@ksu.ksu.edu
|
||||
Tim Rylance tkr@puffball.demon.co.uk
|
||||
Tim Towers tzt@uniplex.co.uk
|
||||
Timothy Fossum fossum@cs.uwp.edu
|
||||
Timothy J. Lee timlee@netcom.com
|
||||
Timothy Fossum fossum@cs.uwp.edu
|
||||
Tito Flagella tito@di.unipi.it
|
||||
Todd Vierling tv@duh.org
|
||||
Tom Popovitch tpop@informix.com
|
||||
Tom Quinn trq@astro.washington.edu
|
||||
Tom Tromey tromey@drip.colorado.edu
|
||||
Tor Lillqvist tml@hemuli.tte.vtt.fi
|
||||
Torbjorn Granlund tege@sics.se
|
||||
Torkel Hasle torkel@bibsyst.no
|
||||
Torsten Lull tlupi@gppc.de
|
||||
Toshiaki Nishi toshi@sss.osa.sharp.co.jp
|
||||
Travis L. Priest T.L.Priest@larc.nasa.gov
|
||||
Troy Rudolph rudtr01@cai.com
|
||||
Tsutomu Yamada tsutomu@sra.co.jp
|
||||
Ulrich Drepper drepper@gnu.org
|
||||
Ulrich Drepper drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
Van Snyder vsnyder@math.jpl.nasa.gov
|
||||
Vic Abell abe@cc.purdue.edu
|
||||
Victor J. Griswold vgris@aironet.com
|
||||
Ville Herva v@iki.fi
|
||||
Vince Del Vecchio vdelvecc@inmet.com
|
||||
W. Phillip Moore wpm@morgan.com
|
||||
Warner Losh imp@boulder.parcplace.com
|
||||
Warren Dodge warrend@sptekwv3.wv.tek.com
|
||||
Wayne Christopher wayne@icemcfd.com
|
||||
Werner Almesberger werner.almesberger@lrc.di.epfl.ch
|
||||
William Bader william@nscs.fast.net
|
||||
William Bader wbader@pluto.csee.lehigh.edu
|
||||
William J. Eaton wje@hoffman.rstnu.bcm.tmc.edu
|
||||
William Kucharski kucharsk@netcom.com
|
||||
Wojciech Polak polak@gnu.org
|
||||
Wlodzimierz Jan Martin wjm@pg.gda.pl
|
||||
Wolfgang Rupprecht wolfgang@wsrcc.com
|
||||
Wolfram Gloger Wolfram.Gloger@dent.med.uni-muenchen.de
|
||||
Wolfram Kleff bugreport@wkleff.intergenia.de
|
||||
Wolfram Wagner ww@mpi-sb.mpg.de
|
||||
Włodzimierz Jan Martin wjm@pg.gda.pl
|
||||
Yasushi Suzudo SGR00413@niftyserve.or.jp
|
||||
Yasushi Suzudo ysuzudo@mail.asiandevbank.org
|
||||
Yu-Min Liang min@taz.ho.att.com
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
;;;; Local Variables:
|
||||
;;;; mode: Fundamental
|
||||
;;;; coding: utf-8
|
||||
;;;; End:
|
||||
maximum entropy entropy@zippy.bernstein.com
|
||||
|
||||
72
TODO
72
TODO
@@ -1,69 +1,5 @@
|
||||
Suggestions for improving GNU tar.
|
||||
From: Roesinger Eric <ROESINGE@tce.com>
|
||||
Date: Sat, 28 Jul 2001 18:43:43 -0500
|
||||
|
||||
* <45BEC0DB.8040903@unix-beratung.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* Incorporate fixes from major distributions, e.g., Debian GNU/Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for restoring file time stamps to sub-second resolution,
|
||||
if the file system supports this.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for restoring the attributes of symbolic links, for
|
||||
OSes like FreeBSD that have the lutimes and lchmod functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* --append should bail out if the two archives are of different types.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for a 'pax' command that conforms to POSIX 1003.1-2001.
|
||||
This would unify paxutils with tar.
|
||||
|
||||
* Interoperate better with Joerg Schilling's star implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add an option to remove files that compare successfully.
|
||||
|
||||
From: Roesinger Eric <ROESINGE@tce.com>
|
||||
Date: Sat, 28 Jul 2001 18:43:43 -0500
|
||||
|
||||
It would be useful to be able to use '--remove-files' with '--diff',
|
||||
to remove all files that compare successfully, when verifying a backup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add tests for the new functonality.
|
||||
|
||||
* Consider this:
|
||||
|
||||
From: Dennis Pund
|
||||
Subject: TAR suggestion...
|
||||
Date: Wed, 1 May 2002 18:26:36 -0500 (EST)
|
||||
|
||||
What I would like to do is:
|
||||
|
||||
foo my.tar.gz | tar -xzOf - | tar -cMf - -L 650000 - | bar
|
||||
|
||||
where 'foo' is a program that retrieves the archive and streams it
|
||||
to stdout and bar is a program that streams the stdin to CDR.
|
||||
|
||||
(http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-05/msg00022.html)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Copyright notice
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2003, 2004, 2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Local variables:
|
||||
mode: outline
|
||||
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
|
||||
end:
|
||||
It would be useful to be able to use '--remove-files' with '--diff',
|
||||
to remove all files that compare successfully, when verifying a backup.
|
||||
|
||||
88
acconfig.h
Normal file
88
acconfig.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
/* Special definitions for GNU tar, processed by autoheader.
|
||||
Copyright <20> 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Fran<61>ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1993.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is unconditionally defined for setting a GNU environment. */
|
||||
#undef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to a string giving the full name of the default archive file. */
|
||||
#undef DEFAULT_ARCHIVE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to a number giving the default blocking size for archives. */
|
||||
#undef DEFAULT_BLOCKING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device. */
|
||||
#undef DENSITY_LETTER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to a string giving the prefix of the default device, without the
|
||||
part specifying the unit and density. */
|
||||
#undef DEVICE_PREFIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you lack a 3-argument version of open, and want to
|
||||
emulate it with system calls you do have. */
|
||||
#undef EMUL_OPEN3
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have getgrgid(3). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETGRGID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have getpwuid(3). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPWUID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the valloc function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if some rsh exists, or if you have <netdb.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_RTAPELIB
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if mknod function is available. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MKNOD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if stpcpy function is available. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if `union wait' is the type of the first arg to wait functions. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNION_WAIT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if utime.h exists and declares struct utimbuf. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to mt_model (v.g., for DG/UX), else to mt_type. */
|
||||
#undef MTIO_CHECK_FIELD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable. */
|
||||
#undef PROTOTYPES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full path of your rsh, if any. */
|
||||
#undef REMOTE_SHELL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Path to directory containing system wide message catalog sources. */
|
||||
#undef STD_INC_PATH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
|
||||
#undef VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if using the `glocale' package for message catalogs. */
|
||||
#undef WITH_CATALOGS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library. See
|
||||
site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz. */
|
||||
#undef WITH_DMALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if GNU regex should be used instead of GNU rx. */
|
||||
#undef WITH_REGEX
|
||||
471
acinclude.m4
471
acinclude.m4
@@ -1,54 +1,425 @@
|
||||
dnl Special Autoconf macros for GNU tar -*- autoconf -*-
|
||||
## ----------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
## Find how to suppress newlines with echo. ##
|
||||
## ----------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Copyright 2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
dnl (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
dnl along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
# Once this macro is called, you may output with no echo in a Makefile or
|
||||
# script using: echo @ECHO_N@ "STRING_TO_OUTPUT@ECHO_C@".
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM],[
|
||||
m4_pushdef([tar_compr_define],translit($1,[a-z+-],[A-ZX_])[_PROGRAM])
|
||||
m4_pushdef([tar_compr_var],[tar_cv_compressor_]translit($1,[+-],[x_]))
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH($1,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--with-]$1[=PROG],
|
||||
[use PROG as ]$1[ compressor program]),
|
||||
[tar_compr_var=${withval}],
|
||||
[tar_compr_var=m4_if($2,,$1,$2)])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(tar_compr_define, "$tar_compr_var",
|
||||
[Define to the program name of ]$1[ compressor program])])
|
||||
|
||||
# Provide <attr/xattr.h>, if necessary
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([TAR_HEADERS_ATTR_XATTR_H],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([xattrs],
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--without-xattrs], [don't use linux extended attributes]),
|
||||
[], [with_xattrs=maybe]
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([attr/xattr.h])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([TAR_COND_XATTR_H],[test "$ac_cv_header_attr_xattr_h" = yes])
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_header_attr_xattr_h" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getxattr fgetxattr lgetxattr \
|
||||
setxattr fsetxattr lsetxattr \
|
||||
listxattr flistxattr llistxattr,
|
||||
# only when functions are present
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H], [1],
|
||||
[define to 1 if we have <attr/xattr.h> header])
|
||||
if test "$with_xattrs" != no; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XATTRS],,[Define when we have working linux xattrs.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
)
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(fp_PROG_ECHO,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING(how to suppress newlines using echo)
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl,
|
||||
[if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
|
||||
if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
|
||||
fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=option
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=escape
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl)
|
||||
case $fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl in
|
||||
no) ECHO_N= ECHO_C= ;;
|
||||
option) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ;;
|
||||
escape) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ECHO_N)dnl
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ECHO_C)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
## ------------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
## Check if --with-included-malloc was given. ##
|
||||
## From Franc,ois Pinard ##
|
||||
## ------------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
|
||||
# In 1992, Michael Bushnell (now Thomas Bushnell <thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu>)
|
||||
# devised a test for avoiding HP/UX malloc and using GNU malloc instead.
|
||||
# Bruno Haible <haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> recycled this
|
||||
# test for CLISP Common LISP and extended it to cover broken mallocs from
|
||||
# Sun and SGI. I (<pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>) reworked it a little so
|
||||
# it is independent of config.guess, and overridable by the installer.
|
||||
|
||||
# On IRIX 5.2, libc malloc is broken, but the -lmalloc one was usable.
|
||||
# So in my packages, I once unconditionally used -lmalloc if it existed.
|
||||
# This does not do anymore, because the -lmalloc malloc is broken on
|
||||
# Solaris 2.4 to 2.5.1 (alignment is 4 bytes instead of 8 bytes, as
|
||||
# reported by John Wells <john@bitsmart.com>).
|
||||
|
||||
# Bruno also notes: "HP-UX has two different malloc() implementations.
|
||||
# Both are broken. When used with CLISP, the one in the default libc.a
|
||||
# leads to a SIGSEGV, the one in libmalloc.a leads to a SIGBUS. The SunOS
|
||||
# 4.1.1 malloc() breaks when used by CLISP's generational GC. The IRIX
|
||||
# 5.2 malloc() breaks when used by CLISP's generational GC."
|
||||
|
||||
# If the installer does not give a preference, we use the included GNU
|
||||
# malloc if we have the slightest doubt that malloc could be broken, this
|
||||
# includes cross compilation, and *all* HP/UX, SunOS or IRIX systems.
|
||||
# It is crude indeed, but I just do not have enough information for truly
|
||||
# benchmarking malloc in all cases, but want safe packages nevertheless.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(fp_WITH_INCLUDED_MALLOC,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if included GNU malloc is wanted)
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(included-malloc,
|
||||
[ --with-included-malloc use the GNU malloc which is included here], ,
|
||||
[if test $cross_compiling = yes; then
|
||||
withval=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
case `uname -s 2> /dev/null` in
|
||||
HP-UX | SunOS | IRIX* ) withval=yes ;;
|
||||
*) withval=no ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
test "$withval" = yes && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS gmalloc.o"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($withval)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
## -------------------- ##
|
||||
## Macros from Ulrich. ##
|
||||
## -------------------- ##
|
||||
|
||||
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
|
||||
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
|
||||
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
|
||||
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
|
||||
[case "[$]$1" in
|
||||
/*)
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
|
||||
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
|
||||
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
|
||||
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
|
||||
if [$3]; then
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
|
||||
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
|
||||
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
|
||||
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac])dnl
|
||||
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
|
||||
if test -n "[$]$1"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
|
||||
am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
|
||||
if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
|
||||
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
|
||||
dnl Default is enabled NLS
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
|
||||
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
|
||||
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
|
||||
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
|
||||
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
|
||||
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
|
||||
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
|
||||
dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
|
||||
dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
|
||||
dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=NONE
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
|
||||
if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
|
||||
[CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share],
|
||||
[CATOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=lib])
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
|
||||
[ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available],
|
||||
nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
|
||||
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
|
||||
if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
|
||||
if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.cat
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.cat
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=lib
|
||||
INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
|
||||
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||
dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
|
||||
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
|
||||
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
|
||||
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
|
||||
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
|
||||
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
|
||||
: ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||
[found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
|
||||
XGETTEXT=":"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# We need to process the po/ directory.
|
||||
POSUB=po
|
||||
else
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
|
||||
# because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
|
||||
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
|
||||
USE_NLS=yes
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
|
||||
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
|
||||
dnl in configure.in.
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
|
||||
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
|
||||
unistd.h values.h])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
|
||||
__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
AM_WITH_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
|
||||
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
|
||||
LINGUAS=
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
|
||||
NEW_LINGUAS=
|
||||
for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
|
||||
case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
|
||||
*$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
|
||||
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
|
||||
dnl For now we know about two different formats:
|
||||
dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
|
||||
test -d intl || mkdir intl
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
|
||||
dnl cannot handle comments.
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
|
||||
sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
|
||||
$srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
|
||||
|
||||
dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
|
||||
dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
|
||||
dnl packages.
|
||||
if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
|
||||
GT_NO="#NO#"
|
||||
GT_YES=
|
||||
else
|
||||
GT_NO=
|
||||
GT_YES="#YES#"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
|
||||
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
|
||||
dnl Try to locate is.
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS=
|
||||
if test $ac_aux_dir; then
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z $MKINSTALLDIRS; then
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
|
||||
dnl be included in po/Makefile.
|
||||
test -d po || mkdir po
|
||||
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
|
||||
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
|
||||
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
|
||||
else
|
||||
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
posrcprefix="../"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
|
||||
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
964
bootstrap
964
bootstrap
@@ -1,964 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Print a version string.
|
||||
scriptversion=2012-12-31.16; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Bootstrap this package from checked-out sources.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2003-2010, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# Originally written by Paul Eggert. The canonical version of this
|
||||
# script is maintained as build-aux/bootstrap in gnulib, however, to
|
||||
# be useful to your project, you should place a copy of it under
|
||||
# version control in the top-level directory of your project. The
|
||||
# intent is that all customization can be done with a bootstrap.conf
|
||||
# file also maintained in your version control; gnulib comes with a
|
||||
# template build-aux/bootstrap.conf to get you started.
|
||||
|
||||
# Please report bugs or propose patches to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
|
||||
|
||||
nl='
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
# Ensure file names are sorted consistently across platforms.
|
||||
LC_ALL=C
|
||||
export LC_ALL
|
||||
|
||||
local_gl_dir=gl
|
||||
|
||||
# Temporary directory names.
|
||||
bt='._bootmp'
|
||||
bt_regex=`echo "$bt"| sed 's/\./[.]/g'`
|
||||
bt2=${bt}2
|
||||
|
||||
usage() {
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
Usage: $0 [OPTION]...
|
||||
Bootstrap this package from the checked-out sources.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
--paxutils-srcdir=DIRNAME Specify the local directory where paxutils
|
||||
sources reside. Use this if you already
|
||||
have paxutils sources on your machine, and
|
||||
do not want to waste your bandwidth dowloading
|
||||
them again.
|
||||
--gnulib-srcdir=DIRNAME Specify the local directory where gnulib
|
||||
sources reside. Use this if you already
|
||||
have gnulib sources on your machine, and
|
||||
do not want to waste your bandwidth downloading
|
||||
them again. Defaults to \$GNULIB_SRCDIR.
|
||||
--copy Copy files instead of creating symbolic links.
|
||||
--force Attempt to bootstrap even if the sources seem
|
||||
not to have been checked out.
|
||||
--skip-po Do not download po files.
|
||||
|
||||
If the file $0.conf exists in the same directory as this script, its
|
||||
contents are read as shell variables to configure the bootstrap.
|
||||
|
||||
For build prerequisites, environment variables like \$AUTOCONF and \$AMTAR
|
||||
are honored.
|
||||
|
||||
Running without arguments will suffice in most cases.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
# Name of the Makefile.am
|
||||
gnulib_mk=gnulib.mk
|
||||
|
||||
# List of gnulib modules needed.
|
||||
gnulib_modules=
|
||||
|
||||
# Any gnulib files needed that are not in modules.
|
||||
gnulib_files=
|
||||
|
||||
# A function to be called to edit gnulib.mk right after it's created.
|
||||
# Override it via your own definition in bootstrap.conf.
|
||||
gnulib_mk_hook() { :; }
|
||||
|
||||
# A function to be called after everything else in this script.
|
||||
# Override it via your own definition in bootstrap.conf.
|
||||
bootstrap_epilogue() { :; }
|
||||
|
||||
# The command to download all .po files for a specified domain into
|
||||
# a specified directory. Fill in the first %s is the domain name, and
|
||||
# the second with the destination directory. Use rsync's -L and -r
|
||||
# options because the latest/%s directory and the .po files within are
|
||||
# all symlinks.
|
||||
po_download_command_format=\
|
||||
"rsync --delete --exclude '*.s1' -Lrtvz \
|
||||
'translationproject.org::tp/latest/%s/' '%s'"
|
||||
|
||||
extract_package_name='
|
||||
/^AC_INIT(/{
|
||||
/.*,.*,.*, */{
|
||||
s///
|
||||
s/[][]//g
|
||||
s/)$//
|
||||
p
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
s/AC_INIT(\[*//
|
||||
s/]*,.*//
|
||||
s/^GNU //
|
||||
y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
|
||||
s/[^A-Za-z0-9_]/-/g
|
||||
p
|
||||
}
|
||||
'
|
||||
package=`sed -n "$extract_package_name" configure.ac` || exit
|
||||
gnulib_name=lib$package
|
||||
|
||||
build_aux=build-aux
|
||||
source_base=lib
|
||||
m4_base=m4
|
||||
doc_base=doc
|
||||
tests_base=tests
|
||||
|
||||
# Extra files from gnulib, which override files from other sources.
|
||||
gnulib_extra_files="
|
||||
$build_aux/install-sh
|
||||
$build_aux/mdate-sh
|
||||
$build_aux/texinfo.tex
|
||||
$build_aux/depcomp
|
||||
$build_aux/config.guess
|
||||
$build_aux/config.sub
|
||||
doc/INSTALL
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional gnulib-tool options to use. Use "\newline" to break lines.
|
||||
gnulib_tool_option_extras=
|
||||
|
||||
# Other locale categories that need message catalogs.
|
||||
EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES=
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional xgettext options to use. Use "\\\newline" to break lines.
|
||||
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS='\\\
|
||||
--flag=_:1:pass-c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=N_:1:pass-c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=error:3:c-format --flag=error_at_line:5:c-format\\\
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
# Package bug report address and copyright holder for gettext files
|
||||
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER='Free Software Foundation, Inc.'
|
||||
MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS=bug-$package@gnu.org
|
||||
|
||||
# Files we don't want to import.
|
||||
excluded_files=
|
||||
|
||||
# File that should exist in the top directory of a checked out hierarchy,
|
||||
# but not in a distribution tarball.
|
||||
checkout_only_file=README-hacking
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether to use copies instead of symlinks.
|
||||
copy=false
|
||||
|
||||
# Set this to '.cvsignore .gitignore' in bootstrap.conf if you want
|
||||
# those files to be generated in directories like lib/, m4/, and po/.
|
||||
# Or set it to 'auto' to make this script select which to use based
|
||||
# on which version control system (if any) is used in the source directory.
|
||||
vc_ignore=auto
|
||||
|
||||
# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES...
|
||||
# -------------------------
|
||||
# Search for a required program. Use the value of ENVVAR, if set,
|
||||
# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run (i.e.,
|
||||
# supports --version). If found, set ENVVAR to the program name,
|
||||
# die otherwise.
|
||||
find_tool ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
find_tool_envvar=$1
|
||||
shift
|
||||
find_tool_names=$@
|
||||
eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar"
|
||||
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
|
||||
for i
|
||||
do
|
||||
if ($i --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
find_tool_res=$i
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
else
|
||||
find_tool_error_prefix="\$$find_tool_envvar: "
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
|
||||
echo >&2 "$0: one of these is required: $find_tool_names"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
($find_tool_res --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1 || {
|
||||
echo >&2 "$0: ${find_tool_error_prefix}cannot run $find_tool_res --version"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res"
|
||||
eval "export $find_tool_envvar"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Find sha1sum, named gsha1sum on MacPorts, and shasum on MacOS 10.6.
|
||||
find_tool SHA1SUM sha1sum gsha1sum shasum
|
||||
|
||||
# Override the default configuration, if necessary.
|
||||
# Make sure that bootstrap.conf is sourced from the current directory
|
||||
# if we were invoked as "sh bootstrap".
|
||||
case "$0" in
|
||||
*/*) test -r "$0.conf" && . "$0.conf" ;;
|
||||
*) test -r "$0.conf" && . ./"$0.conf" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$vc_ignore" = auto; then
|
||||
vc_ignore=
|
||||
test -d .git && vc_ignore=.gitignore
|
||||
test -d CVS && vc_ignore="$vc_ignore .cvsignore"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Translate configuration into internal form.
|
||||
|
||||
# Parse options.
|
||||
|
||||
for option
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $option in
|
||||
--help)
|
||||
usage
|
||||
exit;;
|
||||
--gnulib-srcdir=*)
|
||||
GNULIB_SRCDIR=`expr "X$option" : 'X--gnulib-srcdir=\(.*\)'`;;
|
||||
--paxutils-srcdir=*)
|
||||
PAXUTILS_SRCDIR=`expr "$option" : '--paxutils-srcdir=\(.*\)'`;;
|
||||
--skip-po)
|
||||
SKIP_PO=t;;
|
||||
--force)
|
||||
checkout_only_file=;;
|
||||
--copy)
|
||||
copy=true;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo >&2 "$0: $option: unknown option"
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$checkout_only_file" && test ! -r "$checkout_only_file"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: Bootstrapping from a non-checked-out distribution is risky." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# If $STR is not already on a line by itself in $FILE, insert it,
|
||||
# sorting the new contents of the file and replacing $FILE with the result.
|
||||
insert_sorted_if_absent() {
|
||||
file=$1
|
||||
str=$2
|
||||
test -f $file || touch $file
|
||||
echo "$str" | sort -u - $file | cmp - $file > /dev/null \
|
||||
|| echo "$str" | sort -u - $file -o $file \
|
||||
|| exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Die if there is no AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR($build_aux) line in configure.ac.
|
||||
found_aux_dir=no
|
||||
grep '^[ ]*AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(\['"$build_aux"'\])' configure.ac \
|
||||
>/dev/null && found_aux_dir=yes
|
||||
grep '^[ ]*AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR('"$build_aux"')' configure.ac \
|
||||
>/dev/null && found_aux_dir=yes
|
||||
if test $found_aux_dir = no; then
|
||||
echo "$0: expected line not found in configure.ac. Add the following:" >&2
|
||||
echo " AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([$build_aux])" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# If $build_aux doesn't exist, create it now, otherwise some bits
|
||||
# below will malfunction. If creating it, also mark it as ignored.
|
||||
if test ! -d $build_aux; then
|
||||
mkdir $build_aux
|
||||
for dot_ig in x $vc_ignore; do
|
||||
test $dot_ig = x && continue
|
||||
insert_sorted_if_absent $dot_ig $build_aux
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake
|
||||
# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a
|
||||
# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old
|
||||
# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf.
|
||||
# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably
|
||||
# use m4_version_compare from autoconf.
|
||||
sort_ver() { # sort -V is not generally available
|
||||
ver1="$1"
|
||||
ver2="$2"
|
||||
|
||||
# split on '.' and compare each component
|
||||
i=1
|
||||
while : ; do
|
||||
p1=$(echo "$ver1" | cut -d. -f$i)
|
||||
p2=$(echo "$ver2" | cut -d. -f$i)
|
||||
if [ ! "$p1" ]; then
|
||||
echo "$1 $2"
|
||||
break
|
||||
elif [ ! "$p2" ]; then
|
||||
echo "$2 $1"
|
||||
break
|
||||
elif [ ! "$p1" = "$p2" ]; then
|
||||
if [ "$p1" -gt "$p2" ] 2>/dev/null; then # numeric comparison
|
||||
echo "$2 $1"
|
||||
elif [ "$p2" -gt "$p1" ] 2>/dev/null; then # numeric comparison
|
||||
echo "$1 $2"
|
||||
else # numeric, then lexicographic comparison
|
||||
lp=$(printf "$p1\n$p2\n" | LANG=C sort -n | tail -n1)
|
||||
if [ "$lp" = "$p2" ]; then
|
||||
echo "$1 $2"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "$2 $1"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
i=$(($i+1))
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_version() {
|
||||
app=$1
|
||||
|
||||
$app --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || return 1
|
||||
|
||||
$app --version 2>&1 |
|
||||
sed -n '# extract version within line
|
||||
s/.*[v ]\{1,\}\([0-9]\{1,\}\.[.a-z0-9-]*\).*/\1/
|
||||
t done
|
||||
|
||||
# extract version at start of line
|
||||
s/^\([0-9]\{1,\}\.[.a-z0-9-]*\).*/\1/
|
||||
t done
|
||||
|
||||
d
|
||||
|
||||
:done
|
||||
#the following essentially does s/5.005/5.5/
|
||||
s/\.0*\([1-9]\)/.\1/g
|
||||
p
|
||||
q'
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check_versions() {
|
||||
ret=0
|
||||
|
||||
while read app req_ver; do
|
||||
# We only need libtoolize from the libtool package.
|
||||
if test "$app" = libtool; then
|
||||
app=libtoolize
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Honor $APP variables ($TAR, $AUTOCONF, etc.)
|
||||
appvar=`echo $app | tr '[a-z]-' '[A-Z]_'`
|
||||
test "$appvar" = TAR && appvar=AMTAR
|
||||
eval "app=\${$appvar-$app}"
|
||||
inst_ver=$(get_version $app)
|
||||
if [ ! "$inst_ver" ]; then
|
||||
echo "Error: '$app' not found" >&2
|
||||
ret=1
|
||||
elif [ ! "$req_ver" = "-" ]; then
|
||||
latest_ver=$(sort_ver $req_ver $inst_ver | cut -d' ' -f2)
|
||||
if [ ! "$latest_ver" = "$inst_ver" ]; then
|
||||
echo "Error: '$app' version == $inst_ver is too old" >&2
|
||||
echo " '$app' version >= $req_ver is required" >&2
|
||||
ret=1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
return $ret
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_versions() {
|
||||
echo "Program Min_version"
|
||||
echo "----------------------"
|
||||
printf %s "$buildreq"
|
||||
echo "----------------------"
|
||||
# can't depend on column -t
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
use_libtool=0
|
||||
# We'd like to use grep -E, to see if any of LT_INIT,
|
||||
# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, AM_PROG_LIBTOOL is used in configure.ac,
|
||||
# but that's not portable enough (e.g., for Solaris).
|
||||
grep '^[ ]*A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL' configure.ac >/dev/null \
|
||||
&& use_libtool=1
|
||||
grep '^[ ]*LT_INIT' configure.ac >/dev/null \
|
||||
&& use_libtool=1
|
||||
if test $use_libtool = 1; then
|
||||
find_tool LIBTOOLIZE glibtoolize libtoolize
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if ! printf "$buildreq" | check_versions; then
|
||||
echo >&2
|
||||
if test -f README-prereq; then
|
||||
echo "See README-prereq for how to get the prerequisite programs" >&2
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "Please install the prerequisite programs" >&2
|
||||
fi
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
echo "$0: Bootstrapping from checked-out $package sources..."
|
||||
|
||||
# See if we can use gnulib's git-merge-changelog merge driver.
|
||||
if test -d .git && (git --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
|
||||
if git config merge.merge-changelog.driver >/dev/null ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
elif (git-merge-changelog --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
|
||||
echo "initializing git-merge-changelog driver"
|
||||
git config merge.merge-changelog.name 'GNU-style ChangeLog merge driver'
|
||||
git config merge.merge-changelog.driver 'git-merge-changelog %O %A %B'
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "consider installing git-merge-changelog from gnulib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup() {
|
||||
status=$?
|
||||
rm -fr $1
|
||||
exit $status
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup_gnulib() {
|
||||
cleanup "$gnulib_path"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Get paxutils files.
|
||||
case ${PAXUTILS_SRCDIR--} in
|
||||
-) if [ ! -d paxutils ]; then
|
||||
echo "$0: getting paxutils files..."
|
||||
|
||||
trap "cleanup paxutils" 1 2 13 15
|
||||
|
||||
git clone --depth 1 git://git.sv.gnu.org/paxutils || cleanup paxutils
|
||||
|
||||
trap - 1 2 13 15
|
||||
fi
|
||||
PAXUTILS_SRCDIR=paxutils
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -r $PAXUTILS_SRCDIR/gnulib.modules ]; then
|
||||
gnulib_modules=`
|
||||
(echo "$gnulib_modules"; grep '^[^#]' $PAXUTILS_SRCDIR/gnulib.modules) |
|
||||
sort -u
|
||||
`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
git_modules_config () {
|
||||
test -f .gitmodules && git config --file .gitmodules "$@"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gnulib_path=`git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.path`
|
||||
: ${gnulib_path:=gnulib}
|
||||
# Get gnulib files.
|
||||
|
||||
case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
|
||||
-)
|
||||
if git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
|
||||
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
|
||||
git submodule init || exit $?
|
||||
git submodule update || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
elif [ ! -d "$gnulib_path" ]; then
|
||||
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
|
||||
|
||||
trap cleanup_gnulib 1 2 13 15
|
||||
|
||||
shallow=
|
||||
git clone -h 2>&1 | grep -- --depth > /dev/null && shallow='--depth 2'
|
||||
git clone $shallow git://git.sv.gnu.org/gnulib "$gnulib_path" ||
|
||||
cleanup_gnulib
|
||||
|
||||
trap - 1 2 13 15
|
||||
fi
|
||||
GNULIB_SRCDIR=$gnulib_path
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
# Use GNULIB_SRCDIR as a reference.
|
||||
if test -d "$GNULIB_SRCDIR"/.git && \
|
||||
git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
|
||||
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
|
||||
if git submodule -h|grep -- --reference > /dev/null; then
|
||||
# Prefer the one-liner available in git 1.6.4 or newer.
|
||||
git submodule update --init --reference "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" \
|
||||
"$gnulib_path" || exit $?
|
||||
else
|
||||
# This fallback allows at least git 1.5.5.
|
||||
if test -f "$gnulib_path"/gnulib-tool; then
|
||||
# Since file already exists, assume submodule init already complete.
|
||||
git submodule update || exit $?
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Older git can't clone into an empty directory.
|
||||
rmdir "$gnulib_path" 2>/dev/null
|
||||
git clone --reference "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" \
|
||||
"$(git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url)" "$gnulib_path" \
|
||||
&& git submodule init && git submodule update \
|
||||
|| exit $?
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
GNULIB_SRCDIR=$gnulib_path
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
gnulib_tool=$GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool
|
||||
<$gnulib_tool || exit
|
||||
|
||||
# Get translations.
|
||||
|
||||
download_po_files() {
|
||||
subdir=$1
|
||||
domain=$2
|
||||
echo "$0: getting translations into $subdir for $domain..."
|
||||
cmd=`printf "$po_download_command_format" "$domain" "$subdir"`
|
||||
eval "$cmd"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Mirror .po files to $po_dir/.reference and copy only the new
|
||||
# or modified ones into $po_dir. Also update $po_dir/LINGUAS.
|
||||
# Note po files that exist locally only are left in $po_dir but will
|
||||
# not be included in LINGUAS and hence will not be distributed.
|
||||
update_po_files() {
|
||||
# Directory containing primary .po files.
|
||||
# Overwrite them only when we're sure a .po file is new.
|
||||
po_dir=$1
|
||||
domain=$2
|
||||
|
||||
# Mirror *.po files into this dir.
|
||||
# Usually contains *.s1 checksum files.
|
||||
ref_po_dir="$po_dir/.reference"
|
||||
|
||||
test -d $ref_po_dir || mkdir $ref_po_dir || return
|
||||
download_po_files $ref_po_dir $domain \
|
||||
&& ls "$ref_po_dir"/*.po 2>/dev/null |
|
||||
sed 's|.*/||; s|\.po$||' > "$po_dir/LINGUAS" || return
|
||||
|
||||
langs=`cd $ref_po_dir && echo *.po|sed 's/\.po//g'`
|
||||
test "$langs" = '*' && langs=x
|
||||
for po in $langs; do
|
||||
case $po in x) continue;; esac
|
||||
new_po="$ref_po_dir/$po.po"
|
||||
cksum_file="$ref_po_dir/$po.s1"
|
||||
if ! test -f "$cksum_file" ||
|
||||
! test -f "$po_dir/$po.po" ||
|
||||
! $SHA1SUM -c --status "$cksum_file" \
|
||||
< "$new_po" > /dev/null; then
|
||||
echo "updated $po_dir/$po.po..."
|
||||
cp "$new_po" "$po_dir/$po.po" \
|
||||
&& $SHA1SUM < "$new_po" > "$cksum_file"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case $SKIP_PO in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
if test -d po; then
|
||||
update_po_files po $package || exit
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -d runtime-po; then
|
||||
update_po_files runtime-po $package-runtime || exit
|
||||
fi;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
symlink_to_dir()
|
||||
{
|
||||
src=$1/$2
|
||||
dst=${3-$2}
|
||||
|
||||
test -f "$src" && {
|
||||
|
||||
# If the destination directory doesn't exist, create it.
|
||||
# This is required at least for "lib/uniwidth/cjk.h".
|
||||
dst_dir=`dirname "$dst"`
|
||||
if ! test -d "$dst_dir"; then
|
||||
mkdir -p "$dst_dir"
|
||||
|
||||
# If we've just created a directory like lib/uniwidth,
|
||||
# tell version control system(s) it's ignorable.
|
||||
# FIXME: for now, this does only one level
|
||||
parent=`dirname "$dst_dir"`
|
||||
for dot_ig in x $vc_ignore; do
|
||||
test $dot_ig = x && continue
|
||||
ig=$parent/$dot_ig
|
||||
insert_sorted_if_absent $ig `echo "$dst_dir"|sed 's,.*/,,'`
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if $copy; then
|
||||
{
|
||||
test ! -h "$dst" || {
|
||||
echo "$0: rm -f $dst" &&
|
||||
rm -f "$dst"
|
||||
}
|
||||
} &&
|
||||
test -f "$dst" &&
|
||||
cmp -s "$src" "$dst" || {
|
||||
echo "$0: cp -fp $src $dst" &&
|
||||
cp -fp "$src" "$dst"
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
test -h "$dst" &&
|
||||
src_ls=`ls -diL "$src" 2>/dev/null` && set $src_ls && src_i=$1 &&
|
||||
dst_ls=`ls -diL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && set $dst_ls && dst_i=$1 &&
|
||||
test "$src_i" = "$dst_i" || {
|
||||
dot_dots=
|
||||
case $src in
|
||||
/*) ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case /$dst/ in
|
||||
/./*) ;;
|
||||
*//* | */../* | */./* | /*/*/*/*/*/)
|
||||
echo >&2 "$0: invalid symlink calculation: $src -> $dst"
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
/*/*/*/*/) dot_dots=../../../;;
|
||||
/*/*/*/) dot_dots=../../;;
|
||||
/*/*/) dot_dots=../;;
|
||||
esac;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
echo "$0: ln -fs $dot_dots$src $dst" &&
|
||||
ln -fs "$dot_dots$src" "$dst"
|
||||
}
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cp_mark_as_generated()
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp_src=$1
|
||||
cp_dst=$2
|
||||
|
||||
if cmp -s "$cp_src" "$GNULIB_SRCDIR/$cp_dst"; then
|
||||
symlink_to_dir "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" "$cp_dst"
|
||||
elif cmp -s "$cp_src" "$local_gl_dir/$cp_dst"; then
|
||||
symlink_to_dir $local_gl_dir "$cp_dst"
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $cp_dst in
|
||||
*.[ch]) c1='/* '; c2=' */';;
|
||||
*.texi) c1='@c '; c2= ;;
|
||||
*.m4|*/Make*|Make*) c1='# ' ; c2= ;;
|
||||
*) c1= ; c2= ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# If the destination directory doesn't exist, create it.
|
||||
# This is required at least for "lib/uniwidth/cjk.h".
|
||||
dst_dir=`dirname "$cp_dst"`
|
||||
test -d "$dst_dir" || mkdir -p "$dst_dir"
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$c1"; then
|
||||
cmp -s "$cp_src" "$cp_dst" || {
|
||||
# Copy the file first to get proper permissions if it
|
||||
# doesn't already exist. Then overwrite the copy.
|
||||
echo "$0: cp -f $cp_src $cp_dst" &&
|
||||
rm -f "$cp_dst" &&
|
||||
cp "$cp_src" "$cp_dst-t" &&
|
||||
sed "s!$bt_regex/!!g" "$cp_src" > "$cp_dst-t" &&
|
||||
mv -f "$cp_dst-t" "$cp_dst"
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Copy the file first to get proper permissions if it
|
||||
# doesn't already exist. Then overwrite the copy.
|
||||
cp "$cp_src" "$cp_dst-t" &&
|
||||
(
|
||||
echo "$c1-*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:$c2" &&
|
||||
echo "${c1}DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!$c2" &&
|
||||
sed "s!$bt_regex/!!g" "$cp_src"
|
||||
) > $cp_dst-t &&
|
||||
if cmp -s "$cp_dst-t" "$cp_dst"; then
|
||||
rm -f "$cp_dst-t"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "$0: cp $cp_src $cp_dst # with edits" &&
|
||||
mv -f "$cp_dst-t" "$cp_dst"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
version_controlled_file() {
|
||||
dir=$1
|
||||
file=$2
|
||||
found=no
|
||||
if test -d CVS; then
|
||||
grep -F "/$file/" $dir/CVS/Entries 2>/dev/null |
|
||||
grep '^/[^/]*/[0-9]' > /dev/null && found=yes
|
||||
elif test -d .git; then
|
||||
git rm -n "$dir/$file" > /dev/null 2>&1 && found=yes
|
||||
elif test -d .svn; then
|
||||
svn log -r HEAD "$dir/$file" > /dev/null 2>&1 && found=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "$0: no version control for $dir/$file?" >&2
|
||||
fi
|
||||
test $found = yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
slurp() {
|
||||
for dir in . `(cd $1 && find * -type d -print)`; do
|
||||
copied=
|
||||
sep=
|
||||
for file in `ls -a $1/$dir`; do
|
||||
case $file in
|
||||
.|..) continue;;
|
||||
# FIXME: should all file names starting with "." be ignored?
|
||||
.*) continue;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
test -d $1/$dir/$file && continue
|
||||
for excluded_file in $excluded_files; do
|
||||
test "$dir/$file" = "$excluded_file" && continue 2
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test $file = Makefile.am && test "X$gnulib_mk" != XMakefile.am; then
|
||||
copied=$copied${sep}$gnulib_mk; sep=$nl
|
||||
remove_intl='/^[^#].*\/intl/s/^/#/;'"s!$bt_regex/!!g"
|
||||
sed "$remove_intl" $1/$dir/$file |
|
||||
cmp - $dir/$gnulib_mk > /dev/null || {
|
||||
echo "$0: Copying $1/$dir/$file to $dir/$gnulib_mk ..." &&
|
||||
rm -f $dir/$gnulib_mk &&
|
||||
sed "$remove_intl" $1/$dir/$file >$dir/$gnulib_mk &&
|
||||
gnulib_mk_hook $dir/$gnulib_mk
|
||||
}
|
||||
elif { test "${2+set}" = set && test -r $2/$dir/$file; } ||
|
||||
version_controlled_file $dir $file; then
|
||||
echo "$0: $dir/$file overrides $1/$dir/$file"
|
||||
else
|
||||
copied=$copied$sep$file; sep=$nl
|
||||
if test $file = gettext.m4; then
|
||||
echo "$0: patching m4/gettext.m4 to remove need for intl/* ..."
|
||||
rm -f $dir/$file
|
||||
sed '
|
||||
/^AC_DEFUN(\[AM_INTL_SUBDIR],/,/^]/c\
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], [])
|
||||
/^AC_DEFUN(\[gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE],/,/^]/c\
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE], [])
|
||||
$a\
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY], [])
|
||||
' $1/$dir/$file >$dir/$file
|
||||
else
|
||||
cp_mark_as_generated $1/$dir/$file $dir/$file
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi || exit
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
for dot_ig in x $vc_ignore; do
|
||||
test $dot_ig = x && continue
|
||||
ig=$dir/$dot_ig
|
||||
if test -n "$copied"; then
|
||||
insert_sorted_if_absent $ig "$copied"
|
||||
# If an ignored file name ends with .in.h, then also add
|
||||
# the name with just ".h". Many gnulib headers are generated,
|
||||
# e.g., stdint.in.h -> stdint.h, dirent.in.h ->..., etc.
|
||||
# Likewise for .gperf -> .h, .y -> .c, and .sin -> .sed
|
||||
f=`echo "$copied" |
|
||||
sed '
|
||||
s/\.in\.h$/.h/
|
||||
s/\.sin$/.sed/
|
||||
s/\.y$/.c/
|
||||
s/\.gperf$/.h/
|
||||
'
|
||||
`
|
||||
insert_sorted_if_absent $ig "$f"
|
||||
|
||||
# For files like sys_stat.in.h and sys_time.in.h, record as
|
||||
# ignorable the directory we might eventually create: sys/.
|
||||
f=`echo "$copied"|sed 's/sys_.*\.in\.h$/sys/'`
|
||||
insert_sorted_if_absent $ig "$f"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create boot temporary directories to import from gnulib and gettext.
|
||||
rm -fr $bt $bt2 &&
|
||||
mkdir $bt $bt2 || exit
|
||||
|
||||
# Import from gnulib.
|
||||
|
||||
gnulib_tool_options="\
|
||||
--import\
|
||||
--no-changelog\
|
||||
--aux-dir $bt/$build_aux\
|
||||
--doc-base $bt/$doc_base\
|
||||
--lib $gnulib_name\
|
||||
--m4-base $bt/$m4_base/\
|
||||
--source-base $bt/$source_base/\
|
||||
--tests-base $bt/$tests_base\
|
||||
--local-dir $local_gl_dir\
|
||||
$gnulib_tool_option_extras\
|
||||
"
|
||||
if test $use_libtool = 1; then
|
||||
case "$gnulib_tool_options " in
|
||||
*' --libtool '*) ;;
|
||||
*) gnulib_tool_options="$gnulib_tool_options --libtool" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo "$0: $gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import ..."
|
||||
$gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import $gnulib_modules &&
|
||||
slurp $bt || exit
|
||||
|
||||
for file in $gnulib_files; do
|
||||
symlink_to_dir "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" $file || exit
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Import from gettext.
|
||||
with_gettext=yes
|
||||
grep '^[ ]*AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(' configure.ac >/dev/null || \
|
||||
with_gettext=no
|
||||
|
||||
if test $with_gettext = yes; then
|
||||
echo "$0: (cd $bt2; ${AUTOPOINT-autopoint}) ..."
|
||||
cp configure.ac $bt2 &&
|
||||
(cd $bt2 && ${AUTOPOINT-autopoint} && rm configure.ac) &&
|
||||
slurp $bt2 $bt || exit
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -fr $bt $bt2 || exit
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove any dangling symlink matching "*.m4" or "*.[ch]" in some
|
||||
# gnulib-populated directories. Such .m4 files would cause aclocal to fail.
|
||||
# The following requires GNU find 4.2.3 or newer. Considering the usual
|
||||
# portability constraints of this script, that may seem a very demanding
|
||||
# requirement, but it should be ok. Ignore any failure, which is fine,
|
||||
# since this is only a convenience to help developers avoid the relatively
|
||||
# unusual case in which a symlinked-to .m4 file is git-removed from gnulib
|
||||
# between successive runs of this script.
|
||||
find "$m4_base" "$source_base" \
|
||||
-depth \( -name '*.m4' -o -name '*.[ch]' \) \
|
||||
-type l -xtype l -delete > /dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
|
||||
# Reconfigure, getting other files.
|
||||
|
||||
# copy_files srcdir dstdir
|
||||
copy_files() {
|
||||
for file in `cat $1/DISTFILES`
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $file in
|
||||
"#*") continue;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
dst=`echo $file | sed 's^.*/^^'`
|
||||
if [ $# -eq 3 ]; then
|
||||
case $dst in
|
||||
${3}*) ;;
|
||||
*) dst=${3}$dst;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
symlink_to_dir "$1" "$file" "$2/$dst" || exit
|
||||
# FIXME ignorefile $2 $dst
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Import from paxutils
|
||||
copy_files ${PAXUTILS_SRCDIR} .
|
||||
copy_files ${PAXUTILS_SRCDIR}/am m4
|
||||
echo "$0: Creating m4/paxutils.m4"
|
||||
(echo "# This file is generated automatically. Please, do not edit."
|
||||
echo "#"
|
||||
echo "AC_DEFUN([${package}_PAXUTILS],["
|
||||
cat ${PAXUTILS_SRCDIR}/am/DISTFILES | sed '/^#/d;s/\(.*\)\.m4/pu_\1/' | tr a-z A-Z
|
||||
echo "])") > ./m4/paxutils.m4
|
||||
#FIXME ignorefile m4 paxutils.m4
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -d rmt ]; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
mkdir rmt
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for dir in doc rmt lib tests
|
||||
do
|
||||
copy_files ${PAXUTILS_SRCDIR}/$dir $dir
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
copy_files ${PAXUTILS_SRCDIR}/paxlib lib pax
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Skip autoheader if it's not needed.
|
||||
grep -E '^[ ]*AC_CONFIG_HEADERS?\>' configure.ac >/dev/null ||
|
||||
AUTOHEADER=true
|
||||
|
||||
for command in \
|
||||
libtool \
|
||||
"${ACLOCAL-aclocal} --force -I m4 $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" \
|
||||
"${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --force" \
|
||||
"${AUTOHEADER-autoheader} --force" \
|
||||
"${AUTOMAKE-automake} --add-missing --copy --force-missing"
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test "$command" = libtool; then
|
||||
test $use_libtool = 0 \
|
||||
&& continue
|
||||
command="${LIBTOOLIZE-libtoolize} -c -f"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo "$0: $command ..."
|
||||
$command || exit
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Get some extra files from gnulib, overriding existing files.
|
||||
for file in $gnulib_extra_files; do
|
||||
case $file in
|
||||
*/INSTALL) dst=INSTALL;;
|
||||
build-aux/*) dst=$build_aux/`expr "$file" : 'build-aux/\(.*\)'`;;
|
||||
*) dst=$file;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
symlink_to_dir "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" $file $dst || exit
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test $with_gettext = yes; then
|
||||
# Create gettext configuration.
|
||||
echo "$0: Creating po/Makevars from po/Makevars.template ..."
|
||||
rm -f po/Makevars
|
||||
sed '
|
||||
/^EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES *=/s/=.*/= '"$EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES"'/
|
||||
/^COPYRIGHT_HOLDER *=/s/=.*/= '"$COPYRIGHT_HOLDER"'/
|
||||
/^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s|=.*|= '"$MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS"'|
|
||||
/^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
|
||||
s/$/ \\/
|
||||
a\
|
||||
'"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
|
||||
}
|
||||
' po/Makevars.template >po/Makevars || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
if test -d runtime-po; then
|
||||
# Similarly for runtime-po/Makevars, but not quite the same.
|
||||
rm -f runtime-po/Makevars
|
||||
sed '
|
||||
/^DOMAIN *=.*/s/=.*/= '"$package"'-runtime/
|
||||
/^subdir *=.*/s/=.*/= runtime-po/
|
||||
/^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= bug-'"$package"'@gnu.org/
|
||||
/^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
|
||||
s/$/ \\/
|
||||
a\
|
||||
'"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS_RUNTIME"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
|
||||
}
|
||||
' po/Makevars.template >runtime-po/Makevars || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy identical files from po to runtime-po.
|
||||
(cd po && cp -p Makefile.in.in *-quot *.header *.sed *.sin ../runtime-po)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
bootstrap_epilogue
|
||||
|
||||
echo "$0: done. Now you can run './configure'."
|
||||
|
||||
# Local variables:
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Bootstrap configuration for GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 2006-2009, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
source_base=gnu
|
||||
gnulib_name=libgnu
|
||||
|
||||
# We don't need these modules, even though gnulib-tool mistakenly
|
||||
# includes them because of gettext dependencies.
|
||||
avoided_gnulib_modules='
|
||||
--avoid=lock
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
# gnulib modules used by this package.
|
||||
gnulib_modules="$avoided_gnulib_modules
|
||||
`grep '^[^#]' gnulib.modules`
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional xgettext options to use. Use "\\\newline" to break lines.
|
||||
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS=$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS'\\\
|
||||
--flag=_:1:pass-c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=N_:1:pass-c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=error:3:c-format --flag=error_at_line:5:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=asnprintf:3:c-format --flag=vasnprintf:3:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=argp_error:2:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=__argp_error:2:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=argp_failure:4:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=__argp_failure:4:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=argp_fmtstream_printf:2:c-format\\\
|
||||
--flag=__argp_fmtstream_printf:2:c-format\\\
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
# Gettext supplies these files, but we don't need them since
|
||||
# we don't have an intl subdirectory.
|
||||
excluded_files='
|
||||
m4/glibc2.m4
|
||||
m4/intdiv0.m4
|
||||
m4/lcmessage.m4
|
||||
m4/lock.m4
|
||||
m4/printf-posix.m4
|
||||
m4/uintmax_t.m4
|
||||
m4/ulonglong.m4
|
||||
m4/visibility.m4
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
# Read local configuration file
|
||||
if [ -r .bootstrap ]; then
|
||||
echo "$0: Reading configuration file .bootstrap"
|
||||
eval set -- "`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' .bootstrap | tr '\n' ' '` $*"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
test -d m4 || mkdir m4
|
||||
test -d $source_base || mkdir $source_base
|
||||
|
||||
test -f ChangeLog || cat > ChangeLog <<EOT
|
||||
This file is a placeholder. It will be replaced with the actual ChangeLog
|
||||
by make dist. Run make ChangeLog if you wish to create it earlier.
|
||||
EOT
|
||||
457
configure.ac
457
configure.ac
@@ -1,382 +1,215 @@
|
||||
# Configure template for GNU tar. -*- autoconf -*-
|
||||
# Configure template for GNU tar.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 1991, 1994-2010, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT([GNU tar], [1.27.1], [bug-tar@gnu.org])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tar.c])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
|
||||
AC_PREREQ([2.63])
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 gnits tar-ustar dist-bzip2 dist-xz dist-shar std-options silent-rules])
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable silent rules by default:
|
||||
AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
|
||||
AC_INIT(src/tar.c)
|
||||
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.12)
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar, 1.12)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE)
|
||||
ALL_LINGUAS="de fr it ko nl no pl pt sl sv"
|
||||
|
||||
fp_PROG_ECHO
|
||||
test $fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl = no \
|
||||
&& echo 2>&1 "WARNING: \`echo' not powerful enough for \`make check'"
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||
AC_EXEEXT
|
||||
AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
|
||||
AC_AIX
|
||||
AC_MINIX
|
||||
AC_PROG_RANLIB
|
||||
AC_PROG_YACC
|
||||
gl_EARLY
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
|
||||
AC_ISC_POSIX
|
||||
AM_C_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
AC_C_CONST
|
||||
AC_C_INLINE
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(unsigned long, 4)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long, 0)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(fcntl.h linux/fd.h memory.h net/errno.h \
|
||||
sgtty.h string.h \
|
||||
sys/param.h sys/device.h sys/gentape.h \
|
||||
sys/inet.h sys/io/trioctl.h \
|
||||
sys/mtio.h sys/time.h sys/tprintf.h sys/tape.h \
|
||||
unistd.h locale.h)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h limits.h linux/fd.h memory.h net/errno.h poll.h \
|
||||
sgtty.h string.h stropts.h \
|
||||
sys/buf.h sys/device.h sys/gentape.h sys/inet.h sys/io/trioctl.h sys/ioccom.h \
|
||||
sys/mtio.h sys/param.h sys/tprintf.h sys/tape.h sys/time.h sys/timeb.h \
|
||||
sys/wait.h unistd.h)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/buf.h], [], [],
|
||||
[#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#endif])
|
||||
# It seems that that many machines where <utime.h> seems to be
|
||||
# broken just require something like -D_XXX_SOURCE, where XXX might
|
||||
# be POSIX, POSIX_C, ALL, HPUX or whatever, depending on the machine.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for utime.h, tar_cv_header_utime_h,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <utime.h>], [struct utimbuf foo],
|
||||
tar_cv_header_utime_h=yes, tar_cv_header_utime_h=no)])
|
||||
test $tar_cv_header_utime_h = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIME_H)
|
||||
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_header_sys_mtio_h = yes; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for remote tape header files, tar_cv_header_rmt,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_CPP([
|
||||
#if HAVE_SGTTY_H
|
||||
# include <sgtty.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <sys/socket.h>],
|
||||
tar_cv_header_rmt=yes, tar_cv_header_rmt=no)])
|
||||
test $tar_cv_header_rmt = yes && RMT=rmt
|
||||
AC_SUBST(RMT)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for getgrgid declaration, tar_cv_header_getgrgid,
|
||||
[AC_EGREP_HEADER(getgrgid, grp.h,
|
||||
tar_cv_header_getgrgid=yes, tar_cv_header_getgrgid=no)])
|
||||
test $tar_cv_header_getgrgid = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for getpwuid declaration, tar_cv_header_getpwuid,
|
||||
[AC_EGREP_HEADER(getpwuid, pwd.h,
|
||||
tar_cv_header_getpwuid=yes, tar_cv_header_getpwuid=no)])
|
||||
test $tar_cv_header_getpwuid = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(which ioctl field to test for reversed bytes,
|
||||
tar_cv_header_mtio_check_field,
|
||||
[AC_EGREP_HEADER(mt_model, sys/mtio.h,
|
||||
tar_cv_header_mtio_check_field=mt_model,
|
||||
tar_cv_header_mtio_check_field=mt_type)])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MTIO_CHECK_FIELD, $tar_cv_header_mtio_check_field)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
|
||||
AC_HEADER_MAJOR
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STAT
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for st_fstype string in struct stat])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(diff_cv_st_fstype_string,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>], [struct stat s; s.st_fstype[0] = 'x';],
|
||||
diff_cv_st_fstype_string=yes,
|
||||
diff_cv_st_fstype_string=no)])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($diff_cv_st_fstype_string)
|
||||
if test $diff_cv_st_fstype_string = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ST_FSTYPE_STRING, 1,
|
||||
[Define if struct stat has a char st_fstype[] member.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# even if we use gnulib's acl.h with integrated m4 file later on (used because
|
||||
# of very useful file_has_acl() function) we need following checks that restrict
|
||||
# tar to use POSIX.1e ACLs only.
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH([posix-acls],
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--without-posix-acls],
|
||||
[do not use POSIX.1e access control lists]),
|
||||
[],
|
||||
[with_posix_acls=yes])
|
||||
if test "x$with_posix_acls" != "xno"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/acl.h,, [with_posix_acls=no])
|
||||
for tar_acl_func in acl_get_file acl_get_fd acl_set_file acl_set_fd \
|
||||
acl_to_text acl_from_text; do \
|
||||
test "x$with_posix_acls" = xno && break
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([$tar_acl_func], [acl pacl], [], [with_posix_acls=no])
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test "x$with_posix_acls" != xno; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_ACLS,,[Define when we have working POSIX acls])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
# disable acls in gnulib's checks
|
||||
export enable_acl=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_HEADER_TIME
|
||||
AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
|
||||
AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
|
||||
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_PID_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_OFF_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UID_T
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(major_t, , AC_DEFINE(major_t, int,
|
||||
[Type of major device numbers.]))
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(minor_t, , AC_DEFINE(minor_t, int,
|
||||
[Type of minor device numbers.]))
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(dev_t, unsigned)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(ino_t, unsigned)
|
||||
|
||||
gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fsync ftime getcwd isascii lchown mkfifo nap napms poll \
|
||||
select strerror strstr usleep)
|
||||
|
||||
# gnulib modules
|
||||
gl_INIT
|
||||
# paxutils modules
|
||||
tar_PAXUTILS
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for mknod, tar_cv_func_mknod,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>],
|
||||
[mknod (0, 0, 0)],
|
||||
tar_cv_func_mknod=yes, tar_cv_func_mknod=no)])
|
||||
test $tar_cv_func_mknod = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MKNOD)
|
||||
|
||||
# gl_GCC_VERSION_IFELSE([major], [minor], [run-if-found], [run-if-not-found])
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# If $CPP is gcc-MAJOR.MINOR or newer, then run RUN-IF-FOUND.
|
||||
# Otherwise, run RUN-IF-NOT-FOUND.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([gl_GCC_VERSION_IFELSE],
|
||||
[AC_PREPROC_IFELSE(
|
||||
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
|
||||
[[
|
||||
#if ($1) < __GNUC__ || (($1) == __GNUC__ && ($2) <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
|
||||
/* ok */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# error "your version of gcc is older than $1.$2"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
]]),
|
||||
], [$3], [$4])
|
||||
]
|
||||
)
|
||||
# Whenever both -lsocket and -lnsl are needed, it seems to be always the
|
||||
# case that gethostbyname requires -lnsl. So, check -lnsl first, for it
|
||||
# to be in LIBS before the setsockopt checks are performed. *However*,
|
||||
# on SINIX-N 5.43, this is false, and gethostent seems to be a better
|
||||
# candidate. So, let's use it below instead of gethostbyname, and see.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([gcc-warnings],
|
||||
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-gcc-warnings],
|
||||
[turn on many GCC warnings (for developers; best with GNU make)])],
|
||||
[case $enableval in
|
||||
yes|no) ;;
|
||||
*) AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value $enableval for gcc-warnings option]) ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
gl_gcc_warnings=$enableval],
|
||||
[gl_gcc_warnings=no
|
||||
if test -d "$srcdir"/.git; then
|
||||
gl_GCC_VERSION_IFELSE([4], [6], [gl_gcc_warnings=yes])
|
||||
fi]
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gl_gcc_warnings" = yes; then
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-Werror], [WERROR_CFLAGS])
|
||||
AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS])
|
||||
|
||||
nw=
|
||||
# This, $nw, is the list of warnings we disable.
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wformat-nonliteral" # warnings in Fedora 17 stdio.h
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wvla" # warnings in gettext.h
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wswitch-default" # Too many warnings for now
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations" # It's OK to omit unsafe optimizations.
|
||||
nw="$nw -Winline" # It's OK to not inline.
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wstrict-overflow" # It's OK to optimize strictly.
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wsuggest-attribute=pure" # Too many warnings for now.
|
||||
|
||||
gl_MANYWARN_ALL_GCC([ws])
|
||||
gl_MANYWARN_COMPLEMENT([ws], [$ws], [$nw])
|
||||
for w in $ws; do
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([$w])
|
||||
done
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-sign-compare]) # Too many warnings for now
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-type-limits]) # It's OK to optimize based on types.
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-unused-parameter]) # Too many warnings for now
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-format-nonliteral])
|
||||
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-fdiagnostics-show-option])
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-funit-at-a-time])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST([WARN_CFLAGS])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([lint], [1], [Define to 1 if the compiler is checking for lint.])
|
||||
AH_VERBATIM([FORTIFY_SOURCE],
|
||||
[/* Enable compile-time and run-time bounds-checking, and some warnings,
|
||||
without upsetting glibc 2.15+. */
|
||||
#if !defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && defined __OPTIMIZE__ && __OPTIMIZE__
|
||||
# define _FORTIFY_SOURCE 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_PORTCHECK], [1], [enable some gnulib portability checks])
|
||||
|
||||
# Use a slightly smaller set of warning options for lib/.
|
||||
# Remove the following and save the result in GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS.
|
||||
nw=
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wmissing-prototypes"
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wunused-macros"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These are for argp.
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wmissing-field-initializers"
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wshadow"
|
||||
#
|
||||
gl_MANYWARN_COMPLEMENT([GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS], [$WARN_CFLAGS], [$nw])
|
||||
|
||||
# This is also for argp.
|
||||
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-missing-field-initializers], [GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST([GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS])
|
||||
|
||||
# For gnulib-tests, the set is slightly smaller still.
|
||||
nw=
|
||||
# It's not worth being this picky about test programs.
|
||||
nw="$nw -Wsuggest-attribute=const"
|
||||
gl_MANYWARN_COMPLEMENT([GNULIB_TEST_WARN_CFLAGS],
|
||||
[$GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS], [$nw])
|
||||
AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TEST_WARN_CFLAGS])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostent)
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_func_gethostent = no; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostent)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNC(setsockopt)
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_func_setsockopt = no; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, setsockopt)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
TAR_HEADERS_ATTR_XATTR_H
|
||||
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
|
||||
AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
|
||||
test $ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works = yes || LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
|
||||
AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(basename dirname execlp ftruncate memset mkdir rename rmdir)
|
||||
test "$ac_cv_func_strstr" = yes || LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS strstr.o"
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([fchmod fchown fsync lstat mkfifo readlink symlink])
|
||||
# The 3-argument open happens to go along with the O_* defines, which
|
||||
# are easier to check for.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getgrgid],,, [#include <grp.h>])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getpwuid],,, [#include <pwd.h>])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([time],,, [#include <time.h>])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for 3-argument open, tar_cv_func_open3,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
||||
# include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <sys/file.h>
|
||||
#endif],
|
||||
[int x = O_RDONLY],
|
||||
tar_cv_func_open3=yes, tar_cv_func_open3=no)])
|
||||
if test $tar_cv_func_open3 = no; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(EMUL_OPEN3)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(waitpid)
|
||||
# `union wait' is preferrably avoided. We merely assume below
|
||||
# that if `int pid;' fails, `union wait pid;' would have worked.
|
||||
# Directly trying `union wait pid;' is seeking for trouble, as
|
||||
# some POSIX systems are offering compatibility hacks generating
|
||||
# ugly diagnostics. Also, on some systems, WEXITSTATUS exists,
|
||||
# but fails when called on `union wait' variables.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for union wait, tar_cv_header_union_wait,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
|
||||
# include <sys/wait.h>
|
||||
#endif],
|
||||
[int status; int pid; pid = wait (&status);],
|
||||
tar_cv_header_union_wait=no, tar_cv_header_union_wait=yes)])
|
||||
test $tar_cv_header_union_wait = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNION_WAIT)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_VAR([RSH], [Configure absolute path to default remote shell binary])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for remote shell, tar_cv_path_RSH,
|
||||
[if test -n "$RSH"; then
|
||||
tar_cv_path_RSH=$RSH
|
||||
else
|
||||
tar_cv_path_RSH=no
|
||||
for ac_file in /usr/ucb/rsh /usr/bin/remsh /usr/bin/rsh /usr/bsd/rsh \
|
||||
/usr/bin/nsh /usr/bin/rcmd
|
||||
/usr/bin/nsh /usr/bin/rcmd
|
||||
do
|
||||
# Prefer a non-symlink rsh to a symlink one, so that binaries built
|
||||
# on AIX 4.1.4, where /usr/ucb/rsh is a symlink to /usr/bin/rsh
|
||||
# will run on AIX 4.3.0, which has only /usr/bin/rsh.
|
||||
if test -f $ac_file; then
|
||||
if (test -h $ac_file) 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
test $tar_cv_path_RSH = no && tar_cv_path_RSH=$ac_file
|
||||
else
|
||||
tar_cv_path_RSH=$ac_file
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
tar_cv_path_RSH=$ac_file
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
if test $tar_cv_path_RSH = no; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(netdb.h)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(REMOTE_SHELL, "$tar_cv_path_RSH",
|
||||
[Define to the full path of your rsh, if any.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(REMOTE_SHELL, "$tar_cv_path_RSH")
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(compress)
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(gzip)
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(bzip2)
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzip)
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzma)
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzop)
|
||||
TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(xz)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default archive format)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT],
|
||||
[Set the default archive format. Allowed values are: V7, OLDGNU, USTAR, POSIX, GNU. Default is GNU])
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT"; then
|
||||
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT="GNU"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT in
|
||||
V7|OLDGNU|USTAR|POSIX|GNU) ;;
|
||||
*) AC_MSG_ERROR(Invalid format name);;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT, ${DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT}_FORMAT,
|
||||
[By default produce archives of this format])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default archive)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_ARCHIVE],
|
||||
[Set the name of the default archive (default: -)])
|
||||
if test -z "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE"; then
|
||||
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE=-
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test -z "`ls $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE 2>/dev/null`"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_WARN(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE '$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE' not found on this system)
|
||||
AC_MSG_WARN(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE \`$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE' not found on this system)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# FIXME: Look for DEFTAPE in <sys/mtio.h>.
|
||||
# FIXME: Let DEVICE_PREFIX be configured from the environment.
|
||||
# FIXME: Rearrange, here.
|
||||
case $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE in
|
||||
*[[0-7][lmh]])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(DENSITY_LETTER, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device.])
|
||||
changequote(, )dnl
|
||||
*[0-7][lmh])
|
||||
device_prefix=`echo $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE | sed 's/[0-7][lmh]$//'`
|
||||
changequote([, ])dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEVICE_PREFIX, "$device_prefix")
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(DENSITY_LETTER)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*[[0-7]])
|
||||
changequote(, )dnl
|
||||
*[0-7])
|
||||
device_prefix=`echo $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE | sed 's/[0-7]$//'`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
device_prefix=
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
case "$device_prefix" in
|
||||
?*)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEVICE_PREFIX, "$device_prefix",
|
||||
[Define to a string giving the prefix of the default device, without the part specifying the unit and density.])
|
||||
changequote([, ])dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEVICE_PREFIX, "$device_prefix")
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE, "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE",
|
||||
[Define to a string giving the full name of the default archive file.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE, "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE")
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_ARCHIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_BLOCKING],
|
||||
[Define default blocking factor (default: 20)])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default blocking)
|
||||
DEFAULT_BLOCKING=${DEFAULT_BLOCKING-20}
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_BLOCKING, $DEFAULT_BLOCKING,
|
||||
[Define to a number giving the default blocking size for archives.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_BLOCKING, $DEFAULT_BLOCKING)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_BLOCKING)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default quoting style)
|
||||
fp_WITH_INCLUDED_MALLOC
|
||||
AM_WITH_DMALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
m4_define([QUOTING_STYLES],dnl
|
||||
[literal|shell|shell-always|c|escape|locale|clocale])
|
||||
DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE="escape"
|
||||
AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE],
|
||||
[Set the default quoting style. Allowed values are: ] m4_bpatsubst(QUOTING_STYLES,[|], [[, ]]) [. Default is "escape".])
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
|
||||
|
||||
case $DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE in
|
||||
QUOTING_STYLES) ;;
|
||||
*) AC_MSG_ERROR(Invalid quoting style);;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE)
|
||||
DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE=`echo ${DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE}|sed 's/-/_/g'`_quoting_style
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE, $DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE,
|
||||
[Define to a default quoting style (see lib/quoteargs.c for the list)])
|
||||
|
||||
# Iconv
|
||||
AM_ICONV
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(iconv.h)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(iconv_t,:,
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(iconv_t, int,
|
||||
[Conversion descriptor type]),
|
||||
[
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ICONV_H
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Gettext.
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-formatstring-macros])
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16])
|
||||
|
||||
# Initialize the test suite.
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal]) # FIXME: tests/preset?
|
||||
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS)
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(backup-scripts,
|
||||
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-backup-scripts],
|
||||
[Create and install backup and restore scripts]),
|
||||
[case $enableval in
|
||||
yes) BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS='$(BACKUP_LIBEXEC_SCRIPTS_LIST)'
|
||||
BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS='$(BACKUP_SBIN_SCRIPTS_LIST)'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BACKUP_SED_COND)
|
||||
if date +%Y-%m-%d 2>/dev/null >&2; then
|
||||
BACKUP_SED_COND='/^\#ELSE_DATE_FORMAT_OK/,/^\#ENDIF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d;/^\#IF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d'
|
||||
else
|
||||
BACKUP_SED_COND='/^\#IF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/,/^\#ELSE_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d;/^\#ENDIF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile\
|
||||
doc/Makefile\
|
||||
gnu/Makefile\
|
||||
lib/Makefile\
|
||||
po/Makefile.in\
|
||||
scripts/Makefile\
|
||||
rmt/Makefile\
|
||||
src/Makefile])
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile doc/Makefile intl/Makefile lib/Makefile po/Makefile.in \
|
||||
scripts/Makefile src/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/preset],
|
||||
[sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile])
|
||||
|
||||
86
directory
86
directory
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%%comments:
|
||||
Copyright 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
|
||||
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
|
||||
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
|
||||
Texts. For a copy of the license, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
%%name: tar
|
||||
|
||||
%%short-description: Creates tar archives
|
||||
|
||||
%%full-description:
|
||||
GNU tar is an archiver that creates and handles file archives in various
|
||||
formats. You can use tar to create file archives, to extract files from
|
||||
previously created archives, store additional files, or update or list
|
||||
files which were already stored.
|
||||
|
||||
The program saves many files together into a single tape or disk
|
||||
archive, and can restore individual files from the archive. It
|
||||
includes multivolume support, the ability to archive sparse files,
|
||||
automatic archive compression/decompression, remote archives and
|
||||
special features that allow 'tar' to be used for incremental and full
|
||||
backups.
|
||||
|
||||
The supported archive formats are: V7 tar, GNU, ustar and POSIX (also
|
||||
known as pax interchange format). GNU tar is also able to read and
|
||||
extract 'star' archives.
|
||||
|
||||
Tar can direct its output to available devices, files, or other
|
||||
programs (using pipes); tar can even access remote devices or files
|
||||
(as archives).
|
||||
|
||||
%%category: system, backup
|
||||
|
||||
%%license: GPL
|
||||
|
||||
%%maintainer: Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@Mirddin.farlep.net>,
|
||||
Jeff Bailey <jbailey@nisa.net>,
|
||||
Paul Eggert <eggert@CS.UCLA.EDU>
|
||||
|
||||
%%updated: 21 Dec 2004
|
||||
|
||||
%%keywords: archive, backup, tar, pax
|
||||
|
||||
%%interface: Command line
|
||||
|
||||
%%programs: tar, rmt
|
||||
|
||||
%%GNU: yes
|
||||
|
||||
%%web-page: http://www.gnu.org/software/tar
|
||||
|
||||
%%doc: English user reference included
|
||||
|
||||
%%doc: English user manual in Texinfo, Dvi, Postscript, HTML, Plaintext is available from http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html
|
||||
|
||||
%%developers:
|
||||
John Gilmore,
|
||||
Thomas Bushnell,
|
||||
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>,
|
||||
Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@Mirddin.farlep.net>
|
||||
|
||||
%%contributors: Jay Fenlason,
|
||||
Joy Kendall,
|
||||
Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
|
||||
|
||||
%%source-tarball: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/tar/tar-1.15.1.tar.gz
|
||||
%%source-info: http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar
|
||||
|
||||
%%repository:
|
||||
:pserver:anoncvs@subversions.gnu.org:/cvsroot/tar login,
|
||||
:pserver:anoncvs@subversions.gnu.org:/cvsroot/tar co tar,
|
||||
http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group=tar,
|
||||
http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/tar/tar,
|
||||
|
||||
%%source-language: C
|
||||
|
||||
%%related-programs: GNU cpio
|
||||
|
||||
%%version: 1.15.1 (stable) released on 21 Dec 2004
|
||||
|
||||
%%bug-list: bug-tar@gnu.org bug-tar@gnu.org http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-tar
|
||||
|
||||
%%entry-written-by: Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org>
|
||||
26
doc/.gitignore
vendored
26
doc/.gitignore
vendored
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
genfile.texi
|
||||
header.texi
|
||||
manual
|
||||
parse-datetime.texi
|
||||
stamp-vti
|
||||
tar.aux
|
||||
tar.cp
|
||||
tar.cps
|
||||
tar.fl
|
||||
tar.fn
|
||||
tar.info
|
||||
tar.info*
|
||||
tar.info-*
|
||||
tar.kw
|
||||
tar.ky
|
||||
tar.log
|
||||
tar.mt
|
||||
tar.op
|
||||
tar.pdf
|
||||
tar.pg
|
||||
tar.pr
|
||||
tar.t2d
|
||||
tar.toc
|
||||
tar.tp
|
||||
tar.vr
|
||||
version.texi
|
||||
166
doc/Makefile.am
166
doc/Makefile.am
@@ -1,147 +1,53 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU tar documentation.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 1994-1997, 1999-2001, 2003, 2006-2007, 2013 Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnits
|
||||
info_TEXINFOS = tar.texi
|
||||
tar_TEXINFOS = \
|
||||
dumpdir.texi\
|
||||
tar-snapshot-edit.texi\
|
||||
fdl.texi\
|
||||
freemanuals.texi\
|
||||
genfile.texi\
|
||||
header.texi\
|
||||
intern.texi\
|
||||
parse-datetime.texi\
|
||||
rendition.texi\
|
||||
snapshot.texi\
|
||||
sparse.texi\
|
||||
value.texi
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = gendocs_template mastermenu.el texify.sed untabify.el
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = convtexi.pl getdate.texi header.texi
|
||||
|
||||
CLEANFILES = tmp-*
|
||||
|
||||
# The rendering level is anyone of PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF.
|
||||
# Just call 'make RENDITION=PROOF [target]' if you want PROOF rendition.
|
||||
# Just call `make dvi RENDITION=PROOF' if you want PROOF rendition.
|
||||
RENDITION = DISTRIB
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINFOFLAGS=-D$(RENDITION)
|
||||
tar.info: tar.texi getdate.texi header.texi version.texi
|
||||
@echo "WARNING: \`makeinfo' will not preprocess Texinfo input properly"
|
||||
@echo " for expanding Texinfo macros, if it comes from a"
|
||||
@echo " Texinfo distribution which is earlier than version 3.7."
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKEINFO) -D$(RENDITION) tar.texi
|
||||
|
||||
tar.dvi: tar.texi getdate.texi header.texi version.texi
|
||||
@echo "WARNING: \`makeinfo' will not preprocess Texinfo input properly"
|
||||
@echo " for expanding Texinfo macros, if it comes from a"
|
||||
@echo " Texinfo distribution which is earlier than version 3.7."
|
||||
$(MAKEINFO) -D$(RENDITION) -Etmp-tar.tmp -otmp-tar.info \
|
||||
-I$(srcdir) tar.texi
|
||||
rm -f tmp-tar.sed tmp-tar.info*
|
||||
test $(RENDITION) = DISTRIB \
|
||||
|| echo >>tmp-tar.sed 's/^@set DISTRIB/@set $(RENDITION)/'
|
||||
test $(RENDITION) = PUBLISH \
|
||||
|| echo >>tmp-tar.sed '/^@smallbook/d'
|
||||
sed -f tmp-tar.sed tmp-tar.tmp > tmp-tar.texi
|
||||
rm -f tmp-tar.sed tmp-tar.tmp
|
||||
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) tmp-tar.texi
|
||||
mv tmp-tar.dvi $@
|
||||
|
||||
header.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h
|
||||
sed -f $(srcdir)/texify.sed $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h \
|
||||
| expand >$@
|
||||
|
||||
master-menu: $(tar_TEXINFOS)
|
||||
emacs -batch -l mastermenu.el -f make-master-menu $(info_TEXINFOS)
|
||||
|
||||
untabify:
|
||||
emacs -batch -l untabify.el $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS)
|
||||
|
||||
final: untabify master-menu
|
||||
|
||||
# Checking
|
||||
check-format:
|
||||
@if test -n "`cat $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS) | tr -d -c '\t'`"; then \
|
||||
echo "Sources contain tabs; run make untabify"; \
|
||||
false; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
check-options:
|
||||
@ARGP_HELP_FMT='usage-indent=0,short-opt-col=0,long-opt-col=0,doc-opt-col=0,opt-doc-col=0,header-col=0,rmargin=1' \
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/src/tar --usage | \
|
||||
sed -n 's/^\[--\([^]\=\[]*\).*/\1/p' | sort | uniq > opts.$$$$;\
|
||||
$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) -E - \
|
||||
$(info_TEXINFOS) | \
|
||||
sed -n '/^@macro/,/^@end macro/d;s/@opindex *\([^@,]*\).*/\1/p' \
|
||||
| sort | uniq > docs.$$$$;\
|
||||
status=0;\
|
||||
join -v1 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ > report.$$$$;\
|
||||
if test -s report.$$$$; then \
|
||||
echo 'Not documented options:'; \
|
||||
cat report.$$$$; \
|
||||
status=1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
join -v2 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ > report.$$$$;\
|
||||
if test -s report.$$$$; then \
|
||||
echo 'Non-existing options:';\
|
||||
cat report.$$$$; \
|
||||
status=1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
rm opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ report.$$$$;\
|
||||
test $$status -ne 0 && exit $$status
|
||||
|
||||
check-refs:
|
||||
@for file in $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS); \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
sed -e = $$file | \
|
||||
sed -n 'N;/@FIXME-.*ref/{s/\(^[0-9][0-9]*\).*@FIXME-.*ref{\([^}]*\).*/'$$file':\1: \2/gp}'; \
|
||||
done > $@-t; \
|
||||
if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Unresolved cross-references:"; \
|
||||
cat $@-t;\
|
||||
rm $@-t; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
rm -f $@-t; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
check-fixmes:
|
||||
@for file in $(info_TEXINFOS); \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
sed -e = $$file | \
|
||||
sed -n 'N;/@FIXME{/{s/\(^[0-9][0-9]*\).*@FIXME{\([^}]*\).*/'$$file':\1: \2/gp}'; \
|
||||
done > $@-t; \
|
||||
if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Unresolved FIXMEs:"; \
|
||||
cat $@-t; \
|
||||
rm $@-t; \
|
||||
false; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
rm -f $@-t; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
check-unrevised:
|
||||
@grep -Hn @UNREVISED $(info_TEXINFOS) > $@-t; \
|
||||
if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Unrevised nodes:"; \
|
||||
cat $@-t; \
|
||||
rm $@-t; \
|
||||
false;\
|
||||
else \
|
||||
rm $@-t; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
all-check-docs: check-format check-options check-refs check-fixmes check-unrevised
|
||||
|
||||
check-docs:
|
||||
$(MAKE) -k all-check-docs
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
clean-local:
|
||||
rm -rf manual
|
||||
|
||||
GENDOCS=gendocs.sh
|
||||
|
||||
TEXI2DVI=texi2dvi -t '@set $(RENDITION)' -E
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure you set TEXINPUTS
|
||||
# Usual value is:
|
||||
# /usr/share/texmf/pdftex/plain/misc:/usr/share/texmf/pdftex/config
|
||||
manual:
|
||||
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(top_srcdir)/build-tex:$(TEXINPUTS) \
|
||||
MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS)" \
|
||||
TEXI2DVI="$(TEXI2DVI) -t @finalout" \
|
||||
$(GENDOCS) --texi2html tar 'GNU tar manual'
|
||||
sed -n '/Archive Format/,/End of Format/p' $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h \
|
||||
| expand | sed 's/\([{}]\)/@\1/g' > $(srcdir)/header.texi
|
||||
|
||||
118
doc/convtexi.pl
Executable file
118
doc/convtexi.pl
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/local/bin/perl -- # -*-Perl-*-
|
||||
eval "exec /usr/local/bin/perl -S $0 $*"
|
||||
if 0;
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy a Texinfo file, replacing @value's, @FIXME's and other gooddies.
|
||||
# Copyright <20> 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Fran<61>ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
while ($_)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (/^\@c()$/ || /^\@c (.*)/ || /^\@(include .*)/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ($topseen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
print "\@format\n";
|
||||
print "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
while (/\@c (.*)/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
print "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
print "\@end format\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
$delay .= "\@format\n";
|
||||
$delay .= "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
while (/\@c (.*)/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
$delay .= "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
$delay .= "\@end format\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
elsif (/^\@chapter /)
|
||||
{
|
||||
print;
|
||||
# print $delay;
|
||||
$delay = '';
|
||||
$topseen = 1;
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
elsif (/^\@macro /)
|
||||
{
|
||||
$_ = <> while ($_ && ! /^\@end macro/);
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
elsif (/^\@set ([^ ]+) (.*)/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
$set{$1} = $2;
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
elsif (/^\@UNREVISED/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
print "\@quotation\n";
|
||||
print "\@emph{(This message will disappear, once this node is revised.)}\n";
|
||||
print "\@end quotation\n";
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (/\@value{([^\}]*)}/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (defined $set{$1})
|
||||
{
|
||||
$_ = "$`$set{$1}$'";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
$_ = "$`\@strong{<UNDEFINED>}$1\@strong{</UNDEFINED>}$'";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (/\@FIXME-?([a-z]*)\{/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
$tag = $1 eq '' ? 'fixme' : $1;
|
||||
$tag =~ y/a-z/A-Z/;
|
||||
print "$`\@strong{<$tag>}";
|
||||
$_ = $';
|
||||
$level = 1;
|
||||
while ($level > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (/([{}])/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ($1 eq '{')
|
||||
{
|
||||
$level++;
|
||||
print "$`\{";
|
||||
$_ = $';
|
||||
}
|
||||
elsif ($level > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
$level--;
|
||||
print "$`\}";
|
||||
$_ = $';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
$level = 0;
|
||||
print "$`\@strong{</$tag>}";
|
||||
$_ = $';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
print;
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
print;
|
||||
$_ = <>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
132
doc/dumpdir.texi
132
doc/dumpdir.texi
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
|
||||
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
|
||||
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
Incremental archives keep information about contents of each
|
||||
dumped directory in special data blocks called @dfn{dumpdirs}.
|
||||
|
||||
Dumpdir is a sequence of entries of the following form:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@var{C} @var{filename} \0
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
where @var{C} is one of the @dfn{control codes} described below,
|
||||
@var{filename} is the name of the file @var{C} operates upon, and
|
||||
@samp{\0} represents a nul character (ASCII 0). The white space
|
||||
characters were added for readability, real dumpdirs do not contain
|
||||
them.
|
||||
|
||||
Each dumpdir ends with a single nul character.
|
||||
|
||||
The following table describes control codes and their meanings:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @samp
|
||||
@item Y
|
||||
@var{filename} is contained in the archive.
|
||||
|
||||
@item N
|
||||
@var{filename} was present in the directory at the time the archive
|
||||
was made, yet it was not dumped to the archive, because it had not
|
||||
changed since the last backup.
|
||||
|
||||
@item D
|
||||
@var{filename} is a directory.
|
||||
|
||||
@item R
|
||||
This code requests renaming of the @var{filename} to the name
|
||||
specified with the @samp{T} command, that immediately follows it.
|
||||
|
||||
@item T
|
||||
Specify target file name for @samp{R} command (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
@item X
|
||||
Specify @dfn{temporary directory} name for a rename operation (see below).
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
Codes @samp{Y}, @samp{N} and @samp{D} require @var{filename} argument
|
||||
to be a relative file name to the directory this dumpdir describes,
|
||||
whereas codes @samp{R}, @samp{T} and @samp{X} require their argument
|
||||
to be an absolute file name.
|
||||
|
||||
The three codes @samp{R}, @samp{T} and @samp{X} specify a
|
||||
@dfn{renaming operation}. In the simplest case it is:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
R@file{source}\0T@file{dest}\0
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
which means ``rename file @file{source} to file @file{dest}''.
|
||||
|
||||
However, there are cases that require using a @dfn{temporary
|
||||
directory}. For example, consider the following scenario:
|
||||
|
||||
@enumerate 1
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Previous run dumped a directory @file{foo} which contained the
|
||||
following three directories:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
a
|
||||
b
|
||||
c
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
They were renamed @emph{cyclically}, so that:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@file{a} became @file{b}
|
||||
@file{b} became @file{c}
|
||||
@file{c} became @file{a}
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
New incremental dump was made.
|
||||
@end enumerate
|
||||
|
||||
This case cannot be handled by three successive renames, since
|
||||
renaming @file{a} to @file{b} will destroy the existing directory.
|
||||
To correctly process it, @GNUTAR{} needs a temporary directory, so
|
||||
it creates the following dumpdir (newlines have been added for
|
||||
readability):
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@group
|
||||
Xfoo\0
|
||||
Rfoo/a\0T\0
|
||||
Rfoo/b\0Tfoo/c\0
|
||||
Rfoo/c\0Tfoo/a\0
|
||||
R\0Tfoo/a\0
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
The first command, @samp{Xfoo\0}, instructs the extractor to create a
|
||||
temporary directory in the directory @file{foo}. Second command,
|
||||
@samp{Rfoo/aT\0}, says ``rename file @file{foo/a} to the temporary
|
||||
directory that has just been created'' (empty file name after a
|
||||
command means use temporary directory). Third and fourth commands
|
||||
work as usual, and, finally, the last command, @samp{R\0Tfoo/a\0}
|
||||
tells tar to rename the temporary directory to @file{foo/a}.
|
||||
|
||||
The exact placement of a dumpdir in the archive depends on the
|
||||
archive format (@pxref{Formats}):
|
||||
|
||||
@itemize
|
||||
@item PAX archives
|
||||
|
||||
In PAX archives, dumpdir is stored in the extended header of the
|
||||
corresponding directory, in variable @code{GNU.dumpdir}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNU and old GNU archives
|
||||
|
||||
These formats implement special header type @samp{D}, which is similar
|
||||
to ustar header @samp{5} (directory), except that it precedes a data
|
||||
block containing the dumpdir.
|
||||
@end itemize
|
||||
|
||||
@c End of dumpdir.texi
|
||||
506
doc/fdl.texi
506
doc/fdl.texi
@@ -1,506 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
|
||||
@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
|
||||
|
||||
@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
|
||||
@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
|
||||
|
||||
@display
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@uref{http://fsf.org/}
|
||||
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
@end display
|
||||
|
||||
@enumerate 0
|
||||
@item
|
||||
PREAMBLE
|
||||
|
||||
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
|
||||
functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
|
||||
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
|
||||
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
|
||||
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
|
||||
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
|
||||
for modifications made by others.
|
||||
|
||||
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
|
||||
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
|
||||
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
|
||||
license designed for free software.
|
||||
|
||||
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
|
||||
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
|
||||
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
|
||||
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
|
||||
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
|
||||
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
|
||||
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
|
||||
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
|
||||
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
|
||||
work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
|
||||
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
|
||||
licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
|
||||
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
|
||||
under copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
|
||||
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
|
||||
modifications and/or translated into another language.
|
||||
|
||||
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
|
||||
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
|
||||
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
|
||||
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
|
||||
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
|
||||
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
|
||||
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
|
||||
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
|
||||
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
|
||||
them.
|
||||
|
||||
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
|
||||
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
|
||||
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
|
||||
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
|
||||
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
|
||||
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
|
||||
Sections then there are none.
|
||||
|
||||
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
|
||||
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
|
||||
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
|
||||
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
|
||||
|
||||
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
|
||||
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
|
||||
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
|
||||
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
|
||||
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
|
||||
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
|
||||
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
|
||||
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
|
||||
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
|
||||
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
|
||||
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
|
||||
of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
|
||||
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
|
||||
format, SGML or XML using a publicly available
|
||||
DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML,
|
||||
PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples
|
||||
of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and
|
||||
JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
|
||||
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
|
||||
XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are
|
||||
not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML,
|
||||
PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for
|
||||
output purposes only.
|
||||
|
||||
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
|
||||
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
|
||||
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
|
||||
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
|
||||
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
|
||||
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
|
||||
|
||||
The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
|
||||
of the Document to the public.
|
||||
|
||||
A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
|
||||
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
|
||||
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
|
||||
specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
|
||||
``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
|
||||
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
|
||||
section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
|
||||
|
||||
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
|
||||
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
|
||||
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
|
||||
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
|
||||
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
|
||||
no effect on the meaning of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
VERBATIM COPYING
|
||||
|
||||
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
|
||||
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
|
||||
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
|
||||
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
|
||||
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
|
||||
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
|
||||
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
|
||||
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
|
||||
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
|
||||
|
||||
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
|
||||
you may publicly display copies.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
COPYING IN QUANTITY
|
||||
|
||||
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
|
||||
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
|
||||
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
|
||||
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
|
||||
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
|
||||
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
|
||||
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
|
||||
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
|
||||
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
|
||||
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
|
||||
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
|
||||
as verbatim copying in other respects.
|
||||
|
||||
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
|
||||
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
|
||||
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
|
||||
pages.
|
||||
|
||||
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
|
||||
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
|
||||
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
|
||||
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
|
||||
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
|
||||
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
|
||||
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
|
||||
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
|
||||
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
|
||||
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
|
||||
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
|
||||
edition to the public.
|
||||
|
||||
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
|
||||
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
|
||||
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
MODIFICATIONS
|
||||
|
||||
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
|
||||
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
|
||||
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
|
||||
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
|
||||
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
|
||||
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
|
||||
|
||||
@enumerate A
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
|
||||
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
|
||||
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
|
||||
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
|
||||
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
|
||||
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
|
||||
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
|
||||
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
|
||||
unless they release you from this requirement.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
|
||||
Modified Version, as the publisher.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
|
||||
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
|
||||
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
|
||||
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
|
||||
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
|
||||
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
|
||||
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
|
||||
there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
|
||||
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
|
||||
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
|
||||
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
|
||||
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
|
||||
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
|
||||
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
|
||||
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
|
||||
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
|
||||
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
|
||||
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
|
||||
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
|
||||
dedications given therein.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
|
||||
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
|
||||
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
|
||||
may not be included in the Modified Version.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
|
||||
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
|
||||
@end enumerate
|
||||
|
||||
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
|
||||
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
|
||||
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
|
||||
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
|
||||
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
|
||||
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
|
||||
|
||||
You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
|
||||
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
|
||||
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
|
||||
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
|
||||
standard.
|
||||
|
||||
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
|
||||
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
|
||||
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
|
||||
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
|
||||
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
|
||||
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
|
||||
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
|
||||
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
|
||||
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
|
||||
|
||||
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
|
||||
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
|
||||
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
|
||||
|
||||
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
|
||||
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
|
||||
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
|
||||
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
|
||||
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
|
||||
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
|
||||
|
||||
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
|
||||
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
|
||||
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
|
||||
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
|
||||
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
|
||||
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
|
||||
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
|
||||
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
|
||||
|
||||
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
|
||||
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
|
||||
``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
|
||||
and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
|
||||
sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
|
||||
|
||||
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
|
||||
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
|
||||
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
|
||||
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
|
||||
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
|
||||
|
||||
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
|
||||
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
|
||||
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
|
||||
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
|
||||
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
|
||||
distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
|
||||
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
|
||||
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
|
||||
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
|
||||
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
|
||||
derivative works of the Document.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
|
||||
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
|
||||
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
|
||||
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
|
||||
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
|
||||
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
|
||||
aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
TRANSLATION
|
||||
|
||||
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
|
||||
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
|
||||
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
|
||||
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
|
||||
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
|
||||
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
|
||||
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
|
||||
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
|
||||
the original English version of this License and the original versions
|
||||
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
|
||||
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
|
||||
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
|
||||
|
||||
If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
|
||||
``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
|
||||
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
|
||||
title.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
TERMINATION
|
||||
|
||||
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
|
||||
will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
|
||||
from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
|
||||
unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
|
||||
terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
|
||||
fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
|
||||
60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
|
||||
not give you any rights to use it.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
|
||||
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
|
||||
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
|
||||
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
|
||||
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
|
||||
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
|
||||
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
|
||||
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
|
||||
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
|
||||
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
|
||||
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
|
||||
specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
|
||||
License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
|
||||
version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
|
||||
Document.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
RELICENSING
|
||||
|
||||
``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
|
||||
World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
|
||||
provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
|
||||
public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
|
||||
``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
|
||||
site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
|
||||
site.
|
||||
|
||||
``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
|
||||
license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
|
||||
corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
|
||||
California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
|
||||
published by that same organization.
|
||||
|
||||
``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
|
||||
in part, as part of another Document.
|
||||
|
||||
An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
|
||||
License, and if all works that were first published under this License
|
||||
somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
|
||||
or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
|
||||
and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
|
||||
|
||||
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
|
||||
under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
|
||||
provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
|
||||
|
||||
@end enumerate
|
||||
|
||||
@page
|
||||
@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
|
||||
|
||||
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
|
||||
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
|
||||
license notices just after the title page:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@group
|
||||
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
|
||||
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
|
||||
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
|
||||
Free Documentation License''.
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
|
||||
replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@group
|
||||
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
|
||||
the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
|
||||
being @var{list}.
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
|
||||
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
|
||||
situation.
|
||||
|
||||
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
|
||||
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
|
||||
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
|
||||
to permit their use in free software.
|
||||
|
||||
@c Local Variables:
|
||||
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
|
||||
@c End:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
|
||||
<!-- $Id: gendocs_template,v 1.5 2007/10/30 14:58:52 gray Exp $ -->
|
||||
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
|
||||
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>%%TITLE%% - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF)</title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content='text/html; charset=utf-8' />
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="/gnu.css" />
|
||||
<link rev="made" href="mailto:gray@gnu.org" />
|
||||
<link rel="icon" type="image/png" href="/graphics/gnu-head-icon.png" />
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- This document is in XML, and xhtml 1.0 -->
|
||||
<!-- Please make sure to properly nest your tags -->
|
||||
<!-- and ensure that your final document validates -->
|
||||
<!-- consistent with W3C xhtml 1.0 and CSS standards -->
|
||||
<!-- See validator.w3.org -->
|
||||
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>%%TITLE%%</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<address>Free Software Foundation</address>
|
||||
<address>last updated %%DATE%%</address>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<a href="/graphics/gnu-head.jpg">
|
||||
<img src="/graphics/gnu-head-sm.jpg"
|
||||
alt=" [image of the head of a GNU] "
|
||||
width="129" height="122" />
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<hr />
|
||||
|
||||
<p>The manual for %%PACKAGE%% is available in the following formats:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html">HTML
|
||||
(%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%K bytes)</a> - entirely on one web page.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="html_node/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
|
||||
node.</li>
|
||||
%%IF HTML_SECTION%%
|
||||
<li><a href="html_section/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
|
||||
section.</li>
|
||||
%%ENDIF HTML_SECTION%%
|
||||
%%IF HTML_CHAPTER%%
|
||||
<li><a href="html_chapter/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
|
||||
chapter.</li>
|
||||
%%ENDIF HTML_CHAPTER%%
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html.gz">HTML compressed
|
||||
(%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a> - entirely on
|
||||
one web page.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_node.tar.gz">HTML compressed
|
||||
(%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
|
||||
with one web page per node.</li>
|
||||
%%IF HTML_SECTION%%
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_section.tar.gz">HTML compressed
|
||||
(%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
|
||||
with one web page per section.</li>
|
||||
%%ENDIF HTML_SECTION%%
|
||||
%%IF HTML_CHAPTER%%
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_chapter.tar.gz">HTML compressed
|
||||
(%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
|
||||
with one web page per chapter.</li>
|
||||
%%ENDIF HTML_CHAPTER%%
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.info.tar.gz">Info document
|
||||
(%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt">ASCII text
|
||||
(%%ASCII_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt.gz">ASCII text compressed
|
||||
(%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.dvi.gz">TeX dvi file
|
||||
(%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped)</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.ps.gz">PostScript file
|
||||
(%%PS_GZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped)</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.pdf">PDF file
|
||||
(%%PDF_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.texi.tar.gz">Texinfo source
|
||||
(%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>(This page generated by the <a
|
||||
href="%%SCRIPTURL%%">%%SCRIPTNAME%%</a> script.)
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img
|
||||
src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10"
|
||||
alt="Valid XHTML 1.0!" height="31" width="88" /></a>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="copyright">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Return to the <a href="/home.html">GNU Project home page</a>.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Please send FSF & GNU inquiries to
|
||||
<a href="mailto:gnu@gnu.org"><em>gnu@gnu.org</em></a>.
|
||||
There are also <a href="/home.html#ContactInfo">other ways to contact</a>
|
||||
the FSF.
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
Please send broken links and other corrections (or suggestions) to
|
||||
<a href="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org"><em>webmasters@gnu.org</em></a>.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Copyright 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111, USA
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article is
|
||||
permitted in any medium, provided this notice is preserved.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Updated:
|
||||
<!-- timestamp start -->
|
||||
$Date: 2007/10/30 14:58:52 $ $Author: gray $
|
||||
<!-- timestamp end -->
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
432
doc/getdate.texi
Normal file
432
doc/getdate.texi
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
|
||||
@node Date input formats
|
||||
@chapter Date input formats
|
||||
|
||||
@c Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
|
||||
@c Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
@c Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
@c under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
|
||||
@c or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
@c with no Invariant Sections, with no
|
||||
@c Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
|
||||
@c A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
|
||||
@c Free Documentation License''.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex date input formats
|
||||
@findex getdate
|
||||
|
||||
First, a quote:
|
||||
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
|
||||
complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
|
||||
reckoning in time all but impossible. Indeed, had some tyrannical god
|
||||
contrived to enslave our minds to time, to make it all but impossible
|
||||
for us to escape subjection to sodden routines and unpleasant surprises,
|
||||
he could hardly have done better than handing down our present system.
|
||||
It is like a set of trapezoidal building blocks, with no vertical or
|
||||
horizontal surfaces, like a language in which the simplest thought
|
||||
demands ornate constructions, useless particles and lengthy
|
||||
circumlocutions. Unlike the more successful patterns of language and
|
||||
science, which enable us to face experience boldly or at least
|
||||
level-headedly, our system of temporal calculation silently and
|
||||
persistently encourages our terror of time.
|
||||
|
||||
@dots{} It is as though architects had to measure length in feet, width
|
||||
in meters and height in ells; as though basic instruction manuals
|
||||
demanded a knowledge of five different languages. It is no wonder then
|
||||
that we often look into our own immediate past or future, last Tuesday
|
||||
or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion. @dots{}
|
||||
|
||||
--- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
|
||||
@end quotation
|
||||
|
||||
This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
|
||||
programs accept. These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
|
||||
arguments to the various programs. The C interface (via the
|
||||
@code{getdate} function) is not described here.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex beginning of time, for @sc{posix}
|
||||
@cindex epoch, for @sc{posix}
|
||||
Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since the
|
||||
year zero, computer integers often cannot represent such a wide range of
|
||||
time. On @sc{posix} systems, the clock starts at 1970-01-01 00:00:00
|
||||
@sc{utc}: @sc{posix} does not require support for times before the
|
||||
@sc{posix} Epoch and times far in the future. Traditional Unix systems
|
||||
have 32-bit signed @code{time_t} and can represent times from 1901-12-13
|
||||
20:45:52 through 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}. Systems with 64-bit
|
||||
signed @code{time_t} can represent all the times in the known
|
||||
lifetime of the universe.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* General date syntax:: Common rules.
|
||||
* Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
|
||||
* Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
|
||||
* Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
|
||||
* Day of week items:: Monday and others.
|
||||
* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
|
||||
* Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
|
||||
* Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node General date syntax
|
||||
@section General date syntax
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex general date syntax
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex items in date strings
|
||||
A @dfn{date} is a string, possibly empty, containing many items
|
||||
separated by whitespace. The whitespace may be omitted when no
|
||||
ambiguity arises. The empty string means the beginning of today (i.e.,
|
||||
midnight). Order of the items is immaterial. A date string may contain
|
||||
many flavors of items:
|
||||
|
||||
@itemize @bullet
|
||||
@item calendar date items
|
||||
@item time of the day items
|
||||
@item time zone items
|
||||
@item day of the week items
|
||||
@item relative items
|
||||
@item pure numbers.
|
||||
@end itemize
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex numbers, written-out
|
||||
@cindex ordinal numbers
|
||||
@findex first @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex next @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex last @r{in date strings}
|
||||
A few numbers may be written out in words in most contexts. This is
|
||||
most useful for specifying day of the week items or relative items (see
|
||||
below). Here is the list: @samp{first} for 1, @samp{next} for 2,
|
||||
@samp{third} for 3, @samp{fourth} for 4, @samp{fifth} for 5,
|
||||
@samp{sixth} for 6, @samp{seventh} for 7, @samp{eighth} for 8,
|
||||
@samp{ninth} for 9, @samp{tenth} for 10, @samp{eleventh} for 11 and
|
||||
@samp{twelfth} for 12. Also, @samp{last} means exactly @math{-1}.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex months, written-out
|
||||
When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
|
||||
numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
|
||||
allowed strings.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex language, in dates
|
||||
In the current implementation, only English is supported for words and
|
||||
abbreviations like @samp{AM}, @samp{DST}, @samp{EST}, @samp{first},
|
||||
@samp{January}, @samp{Sunday}, @samp{tomorrow}, and @samp{year}.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex language, in dates
|
||||
@cindex time zone item
|
||||
The output of @command{date} is not always acceptable as a date string,
|
||||
not only because of the language problem, but also because there is no
|
||||
standard meaning for time zone items like @samp{IST}. When using
|
||||
@command{date} to generate a date string intended to be parsed later,
|
||||
specify a date format that is independent of language and that does not
|
||||
use time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}. Here are some
|
||||
ways to do this:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
$ LC_ALL=C TZ=UTC0 date
|
||||
Fri Dec 15 19:48:05 UTC 2000
|
||||
$ TZ=UTC0 date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%SZ"
|
||||
2000-12-15 19:48:05Z
|
||||
$ date --iso-8601=seconds # a GNU extension
|
||||
2000-12-15T11:48:05-0800
|
||||
$ date --rfc-822 # a GNU extension
|
||||
Fri, 15 Dec 2000 11:48:05 -0800
|
||||
$ date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %z" # %z is a GNU extension.
|
||||
2000-12-15 11:48:05 -0800
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex case, ignored in dates
|
||||
@cindex comments, in dates
|
||||
Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates. Comments may be introduced
|
||||
between round parentheses, as long as included parentheses are properly
|
||||
nested. Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored. Leading
|
||||
zeros on numbers are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Calendar date items
|
||||
@section Calendar date items
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex calendar date item
|
||||
|
||||
A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year. It is
|
||||
specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
|
||||
numerically or literally. All these strings specify the same calendar date:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
1972-09-24 # @sc{iso} 8601.
|
||||
72-9-24 # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
|
||||
# 20xx for 00 through 68.
|
||||
72-09-24 # Leading zeros are ignored.
|
||||
9/24/72 # Common U.S. writing.
|
||||
24 September 1972
|
||||
24 Sept 72 # September has a special abbreviation.
|
||||
24 Sep 72 # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
|
||||
Sep 24, 1972
|
||||
24-sep-72
|
||||
24sep72
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
The year can also be omitted. In this case, the last specified year is
|
||||
used, or the current year if none. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
9/24
|
||||
sep 24
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the rules.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
|
||||
@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
|
||||
For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
|
||||
@samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
|
||||
any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
|
||||
@var{day} is a number between 01 and 31. A leading zero must be present
|
||||
if a number is less than ten. If @var{year} is 68 or smaller, then 2000
|
||||
is added to it; otherwise, if @var{year} is less than 100,
|
||||
then 1900 is added to it. The construct
|
||||
@samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
|
||||
is accepted. Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex month names in date strings
|
||||
@cindex abbreviations for months
|
||||
Literal months may be spelled out in full: @samp{January},
|
||||
@samp{February}, @samp{March}, @samp{April}, @samp{May}, @samp{June},
|
||||
@samp{July}, @samp{August}, @samp{September}, @samp{October},
|
||||
@samp{November} or @samp{December}. Literal months may be abbreviated
|
||||
to their first three letters, possibly followed by an abbreviating dot.
|
||||
It is also permitted to write @samp{Sept} instead of @samp{September}.
|
||||
|
||||
When months are written literally, the calendar date may be given as any
|
||||
of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@var{day} @var{month} @var{year}
|
||||
@var{day} @var{month}
|
||||
@var{month} @var{day} @var{year}
|
||||
@var{day}-@var{month}-@var{year}
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
Or, omitting the year:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@var{month} @var{day}
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Time of day items
|
||||
@section Time of day items
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex time of day item
|
||||
|
||||
A @dfn{time of day item} in date strings specifies the time on a given
|
||||
day. Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
20:02:0
|
||||
20:02
|
||||
8:02pm
|
||||
20:02-0500 # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
More generally, the time of the day may be given as
|
||||
@samp{@var{hour}:@var{minute}:@var{second}}, where @var{hour} is
|
||||
a number between 0 and 23, @var{minute} is a number between 0 and
|
||||
59, and @var{second} is a number between 0 and 59. Alternatively,
|
||||
@samp{:@var{second}} can be omitted, in which case it is taken to
|
||||
be zero.
|
||||
|
||||
@findex am @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex pm @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex midnight @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex noon @r{in date strings}
|
||||
If the time is followed by @samp{am} or @samp{pm} (or @samp{a.m.}
|
||||
or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
|
||||
@samp{:@var{minute}} may be omitted (taken to be zero). @samp{am}
|
||||
indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
|
||||
half of the day. In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
|
||||
midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
|
||||
(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
|
||||
as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
|
||||
which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex time zone correction
|
||||
@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
|
||||
The time may alternatively be followed by a time zone correction,
|
||||
expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
|
||||
or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
|
||||
of zone minutes. When a time zone correction is given this way, it
|
||||
forces interpretation of the time relative to
|
||||
Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
|
||||
specification for the time zone or the local time zone. The @var{minute}
|
||||
part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
|
||||
is used. This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
|
||||
fractional parts of an hour.
|
||||
|
||||
Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
|
||||
but not both.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Time zone items
|
||||
@section Time zone items
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex time zone item
|
||||
|
||||
A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
|
||||
by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} or @samp{Z}
|
||||
for Coordinated Universal
|
||||
Time. Any included periods are ignored. By following a
|
||||
non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
|
||||
word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
|
||||
daylight saving time zone may be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}
|
||||
are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
|
||||
are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
|
||||
Australia than in the United States. Instead, it's better to use
|
||||
unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
|
||||
described in the previous section.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Day of week items
|
||||
@section Day of week items
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex day of week item
|
||||
|
||||
The explicit mention of a day of the week will forward the date
|
||||
(only if necessary) to reach that day of the week in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
Days of the week may be spelled out in full: @samp{Sunday},
|
||||
@samp{Monday}, @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednesday}, @samp{Thursday},
|
||||
@samp{Friday} or @samp{Saturday}. Days may be abbreviated to their
|
||||
first three letters, optionally followed by a period. The special
|
||||
abbreviations @samp{Tues} for @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednes} for
|
||||
@samp{Wednesday} and @samp{Thur} or @samp{Thurs} for @samp{Thursday} are
|
||||
also allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
@findex next @var{day}
|
||||
@findex last @var{day}
|
||||
A number may precede a day of the week item to move forward
|
||||
supplementary weeks. It is best used in expression like @samp{third
|
||||
monday}. In this context, @samp{last @var{day}} or @samp{next
|
||||
@var{day}} is also acceptable; they move one week before or after
|
||||
the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
|
||||
|
||||
A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Relative items in date strings
|
||||
@section Relative items in date strings
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex relative items in date strings
|
||||
@cindex displacement of dates
|
||||
|
||||
@dfn{Relative items} adjust a date (or the current date if none) forward
|
||||
or backward. The effects of relative items accumulate. Here are some
|
||||
examples:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
1 year
|
||||
1 year ago
|
||||
3 years
|
||||
2 days
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@findex year @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex month @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex fortnight @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex week @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex day @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex hour @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex minute @r{in date strings}
|
||||
The unit of time displacement may be selected by the string @samp{year}
|
||||
or @samp{month} for moving by whole years or months. These are fuzzy
|
||||
units, as years and months are not all of equal duration. More precise
|
||||
units are @samp{fortnight} which is worth 14 days, @samp{week} worth 7
|
||||
days, @samp{day} worth 24 hours, @samp{hour} worth 60 minutes,
|
||||
@samp{minute} or @samp{min} worth 60 seconds, and @samp{second} or
|
||||
@samp{sec} worth one second. An @samp{s} suffix on these units is
|
||||
accepted and ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
@findex ago @r{in date strings}
|
||||
The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
|
||||
signed number. Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed. No
|
||||
number at all implies 1 for a multiplier. Following a relative item by
|
||||
the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
|
||||
multiplier with value @math{-1}.
|
||||
|
||||
@findex day @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex yesterday @r{in date strings}
|
||||
The string @samp{tomorrow} is worth one day in the future (equivalent
|
||||
to @samp{day}), the string @samp{yesterday} is worth
|
||||
one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
|
||||
|
||||
@findex now @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex today @r{in date strings}
|
||||
@findex this @r{in date strings}
|
||||
The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
|
||||
to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
|
||||
a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
|
||||
otherwise changed by previous items. They may be used to stress other
|
||||
items, like in @samp{12:00 today}. The string @samp{this} also has
|
||||
the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
|
||||
date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
|
||||
|
||||
When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
|
||||
where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight-saving time,
|
||||
the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Pure numbers in date strings
|
||||
@section Pure numbers in date strings
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex pure numbers in date strings
|
||||
|
||||
The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
|
||||
on the context in the date string.
|
||||
|
||||
If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
|
||||
other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
|
||||
in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
|
||||
month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
|
||||
calendar date.
|
||||
|
||||
If the decimal number is of the form @var{hh}@var{mm} and no other time
|
||||
of day item appears before it in the date string, then @var{hh} is read
|
||||
as the hour of the day and @var{mm} as the minute of the hour, for the
|
||||
specified time of the day. @var{mm} can also be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
If both a calendar date and a time of day appear to the left of a number
|
||||
in the date string, but no relative item, then the number overrides the
|
||||
year.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Authors of getdate
|
||||
@section Authors of @code{getdate}
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex authors of @code{getdate}
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex Bellovin, Steven M.
|
||||
@cindex Salz, Rich
|
||||
@cindex Berets, Jim
|
||||
@cindex MacKenzie, David
|
||||
@cindex Meyering, Jim
|
||||
@cindex Eggert, Paul
|
||||
@code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
|
||||
(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
|
||||
at Chapel Hill. The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
|
||||
Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
|
||||
and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990. Various
|
||||
revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
|
||||
Paul Eggert and others.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex Pinard, F.
|
||||
@cindex Berry, K.
|
||||
This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
|
||||
(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
|
||||
and then edited by K.@: Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
|
||||
332
doc/intern.texi
332
doc/intern.texi
@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
|
||||
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Standard:: Basic Tar Format
|
||||
* Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
|
||||
* Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
|
||||
* Snapshot Files::
|
||||
* Dumpdir::
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Standard
|
||||
@unnumberedsec Basic Tar Format
|
||||
@UNREVISED
|
||||
|
||||
While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
|
||||
single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
|
||||
written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
|
||||
pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
|
||||
stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
|
||||
manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
|
||||
@acronym{GNU} Emacs.
|
||||
|
||||
Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
|
||||
by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
|
||||
bytes. A file
|
||||
entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
|
||||
@dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
|
||||
of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
|
||||
information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
|
||||
information about file types.
|
||||
|
||||
Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
|
||||
member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
|
||||
version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
|
||||
about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
|
||||
contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
|
||||
@xref{label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
|
||||
|
||||
A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
|
||||
contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
|
||||
of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
|
||||
|
||||
Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
|
||||
the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
|
||||
of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
|
||||
filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
|
||||
should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
|
||||
must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
|
||||
particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
|
||||
|
||||
The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
|
||||
Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
|
||||
@option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b @var{512-size}}) option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
|
||||
@w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
|
||||
such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
|
||||
the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
|
||||
blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
|
||||
an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
|
||||
whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
|
||||
records after a zero block.
|
||||
|
||||
The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
|
||||
distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@include header.texi
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
|
||||
characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
|
||||
structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
|
||||
the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
|
||||
contiguously.
|
||||
|
||||
Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
|
||||
of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
|
||||
to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
|
||||
does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
|
||||
of file contents is performed.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
|
||||
@code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
|
||||
are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
|
||||
@var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
|
||||
(if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
|
||||
|
||||
@FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
|
||||
and three bits to specify the Set @acronym{UID}, Set @acronym{GID}, and Save Text
|
||||
(@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
|
||||
When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
|
||||
mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
|
||||
permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
|
||||
are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
|
||||
restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
|
||||
should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
|
||||
group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
|
||||
@acronym{ID} of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
|
||||
not support numeric user or group @acronym{ID}s, these fields should
|
||||
be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
|
||||
are archived with this field specified as zero.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
|
||||
the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
|
||||
value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
|
||||
as an integer number of
|
||||
seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
|
||||
of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
|
||||
byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
|
||||
zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
|
||||
When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
|
||||
if it were all blanks.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
|
||||
particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
|
||||
type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
|
||||
action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
|
||||
backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
|
||||
status change times.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{offset} is used by the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option, when
|
||||
making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
|
||||
the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
|
||||
tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
|
||||
continued at.
|
||||
|
||||
The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
|
||||
is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
|
||||
represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
|
||||
is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
|
||||
number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
|
||||
for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
|
||||
size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
|
||||
detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
|
||||
differently from non-sparse files.
|
||||
|
||||
Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
|
||||
which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
|
||||
the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
|
||||
-l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
|
||||
of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
|
||||
to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
|
||||
great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
|
||||
to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
|
||||
Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
|
||||
not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
|
||||
description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
|
||||
big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
|
||||
This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
|
||||
and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
|
||||
it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
|
||||
used to handle a sparse file:
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
|
||||
sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
|
||||
into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
|
||||
The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
|
||||
array element.
|
||||
|
||||
The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
|
||||
if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
|
||||
is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
|
||||
can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
|
||||
in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
|
||||
allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
|
||||
an extended_header is needed.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
|
||||
need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
|
||||
fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
|
||||
gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
|
||||
|
||||
Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
|
||||
sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
|
||||
that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
|
||||
@code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
|
||||
|
||||
@table @asis
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{REGTYPE}
|
||||
@itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
|
||||
These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
|
||||
with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
|
||||
@code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
|
||||
New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
|
||||
backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
|
||||
ends with a slash as a directory.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{LNKTYPE}
|
||||
This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
|
||||
previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
|
||||
file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
|
||||
specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{SYMTYPE}
|
||||
This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
|
||||
is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{CHRTYPE}
|
||||
@itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
|
||||
These represent character special files and block special files
|
||||
respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
|
||||
fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
|
||||
Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
|
||||
local specification, or may ignore the entry.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{DIRTYPE}
|
||||
This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
|
||||
name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
|
||||
disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
|
||||
will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
|
||||
the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
|
||||
hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
|
||||
which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
|
||||
@code{size} field.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{FIFOTYPE}
|
||||
This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
|
||||
FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{CONTTYPE}
|
||||
This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
|
||||
file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
|
||||
space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
|
||||
which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
|
||||
type as a normal file.
|
||||
|
||||
@item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
|
||||
These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
|
||||
used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
|
||||
the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
|
||||
the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
|
||||
the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
|
||||
representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
|
||||
If found, the user and group @acronym{ID}s are used rather than the values in
|
||||
the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
|
||||
|
||||
For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
|
||||
169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
|
||||
IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
|
||||
(section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Extensions
|
||||
@unnumberedsec @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
|
||||
@UNREVISED
|
||||
|
||||
The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
|
||||
files in an archive. These are listed below.
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
@item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
|
||||
@itemx 'D'
|
||||
This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
|
||||
@option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option. The @code{size} field gives the total
|
||||
size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
|
||||
either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
|
||||
(The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
|
||||
name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
|
||||
last file name.
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
|
||||
@itemx 'M'
|
||||
This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
|
||||
archive created with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option. The original
|
||||
type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
|
||||
maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
|
||||
not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
|
||||
gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
|
||||
the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
|
||||
the original size of the file.
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
|
||||
@itemx 'S'
|
||||
This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
|
||||
that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
|
||||
holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
|
||||
with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
|
||||
@itemx 'V'
|
||||
This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
|
||||
the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
|
||||
field contains the @code{name} given after the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option.
|
||||
The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
|
||||
of an archive should have this type.
|
||||
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
|
||||
non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}),
|
||||
@option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}), or @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) were
|
||||
used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
|
||||
use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
|
||||
@command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
|
||||
@command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
|
||||
checksum error.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Sparse Formats
|
||||
@unnumberedsec Storing Sparse Files
|
||||
@include sparse.texi
|
||||
|
||||
@node Snapshot Files
|
||||
@unnumberedsec Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
|
||||
@include snapshot.texi
|
||||
|
||||
@node Dumpdir
|
||||
@unnumberedsec Dumpdir
|
||||
@include dumpdir.texi
|
||||
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
|
||||
;;; mastermenu.el --- Redefinition of texinfo-master-menu-list
|
||||
|
||||
;; Copyright 2006-2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
;; Author: Sergey Poznyakoff
|
||||
;; Maintainer: bug-tar@gnu.org
|
||||
;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs
|
||||
|
||||
;; This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
;; GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
;; (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
;; GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
;; GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
;; along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
;;; Commentary:
|
||||
|
||||
;; This file redefines texinfo-master-menu-list so that it takes into
|
||||
;; account included files.
|
||||
|
||||
;; Known bugs: @menu without previous sectioning command will inherit
|
||||
;; documentation string from the previous menu. However, since such a
|
||||
;; menu is illegal in a texinfo file, we can live with it.
|
||||
|
||||
(require 'texinfo)
|
||||
(require 'texnfo-upd)
|
||||
|
||||
(defun texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive (title)
|
||||
"Auxiliary function used by `texinfo-master-menu-list'."
|
||||
(save-excursion
|
||||
(let (master-menu-list)
|
||||
(while (re-search-forward "\\(^@menu\\|^@include\\)" nil t)
|
||||
(cond
|
||||
((string= (match-string 0) "@include")
|
||||
(skip-chars-forward " \t")
|
||||
(let ((included-name (let ((start (point)))
|
||||
(end-of-line)
|
||||
(skip-chars-backward " \t")
|
||||
(buffer-substring start (point)))))
|
||||
(end-of-line)
|
||||
(let ((prev-title (texinfo-copy-menu-title)))
|
||||
(save-excursion
|
||||
(set-buffer (find-file-noselect included-name))
|
||||
(setq master-menu-list
|
||||
(append (texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive prev-title)
|
||||
master-menu-list))))))
|
||||
(t
|
||||
(setq master-menu-list
|
||||
(cons (list
|
||||
(texinfo-copy-menu)
|
||||
(let ((menu-title (texinfo-copy-menu-title)))
|
||||
(if (string= menu-title "")
|
||||
title
|
||||
menu-title)))
|
||||
master-menu-list)))))
|
||||
master-menu-list)))
|
||||
|
||||
(defun texinfo-master-menu-list ()
|
||||
"Return a list of menu entries and header lines for the master menu,
|
||||
recursing into included files.
|
||||
|
||||
Start with the menu for chapters and indices and then find each
|
||||
following menu and the title of the node preceding that menu.
|
||||
|
||||
The master menu list has this form:
|
||||
|
||||
\(\(\(... \"entry-1-2\" \"entry-1\"\) \"title-1\"\)
|
||||
\(\(... \"entry-2-2\" \"entry-2-1\"\) \"title-2\"\)
|
||||
...\)
|
||||
|
||||
However, there does not need to be a title field."
|
||||
|
||||
(reverse (texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive "")))
|
||||
|
||||
(defun make-master-menu ()
|
||||
"Create master menu in the first Emacs argument."
|
||||
(find-file (car command-line-args-left))
|
||||
(texinfo-master-menu nil)
|
||||
(save-buffer))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
;;; mastermenu.el ends here
|
||||
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of GNU tar manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright 1992, 1994-1997, 1999-2004, 2006, 2013 Free Software
|
||||
@c Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file tar.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
@c This file contains support for 'renditions' by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
|
||||
@c I extended it by adding a FIXME_FOOTNOTE variable, which controls
|
||||
@c whether FIXME information should be placed in footnotes or
|
||||
@c inlined. --gray
|
||||
|
||||
@c ======================================================================
|
||||
@c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
|
||||
@c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
|
||||
@c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
|
||||
@c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
|
||||
@c so DISTRIB is the default for distributions. The PROOF rendition
|
||||
@c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
|
||||
@c those working on the manual itself.
|
||||
@c ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@c Set this symbol if you wish FIXMEs to appear in footnotes, instead
|
||||
@c of being inserted into the text.
|
||||
@c @set PROOF_FOOTNOTED
|
||||
|
||||
@ifclear PUBLISH
|
||||
@ifclear DISTRIB
|
||||
@ifclear PROOF
|
||||
@set DISTRIB
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
|
||||
@ifset PUBLISH
|
||||
@set RENDITION The book, version
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
|
||||
@ifset DISTRIB
|
||||
@set RENDITION FTP release, version
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
|
||||
@ifset PROOF
|
||||
@set RENDITION Proof reading version
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
|
||||
@c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
|
||||
|
||||
@macro UNREVISED
|
||||
@ifclear PUBLISH
|
||||
@quotation
|
||||
@emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
|
||||
@end quotation
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
|
||||
|
||||
@macro FIXME{string}
|
||||
@ifset PROOF
|
||||
@ifset PROOF_FOOTNOTED
|
||||
@footnote{@strong{FIXME:} \string\}
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
@ifclear PROOF_FOOTNOTED
|
||||
@cartouche
|
||||
@strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
|
||||
@end cartouche
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@macro FIXME-ref{string}
|
||||
@ifset PROOF
|
||||
@strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
@ifclear PROOF
|
||||
@cite{\string\}
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@macro FIXME-pxref{string}
|
||||
@ifset PROOF
|
||||
See @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
@ifclear PROOF
|
||||
See @cite{\string\}
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@macro FIXME-xref{string}
|
||||
@ifset PROOF
|
||||
See @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
|
||||
@end ifset
|
||||
@ifclear PROOF
|
||||
See @cite{\string\}
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@c End of rendition.texi
|
||||
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
|
||||
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
|
||||
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
A @dfn{snapshot file} (or @dfn{directory file}) is created during
|
||||
incremental backups (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). It
|
||||
contains the status of the file system at the time of the dump and is
|
||||
used to determine which files were modified since the last backup.
|
||||
|
||||
@GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION} supports three snapshot file
|
||||
formats. The first format, called @dfn{format 0}, is the one used by
|
||||
@GNUTAR{} versions up to and including 1.15.1. The second format, called
|
||||
@dfn{format 1} is an extended version of this format, that contains more
|
||||
metadata and allows for further extensions. It was used by alpha release
|
||||
version 1.15.90. For alpha version 1.15.91 and stable releases
|
||||
version 1.16 up through @value{VERSION}, the @dfn{format 2} is used.
|
||||
|
||||
@GNUTAR{} is able to read all three formats, but will create
|
||||
snapshots only in format 2.
|
||||
|
||||
This appendix describes all three formats in detail.
|
||||
|
||||
@enumerate 0
|
||||
@cindex format 0, snapshot file
|
||||
@cindex snapshot file, format 0
|
||||
@item
|
||||
@samp{Format 0} snapshot file begins with a line containing a
|
||||
decimal number that represents a @acronym{UNIX} timestamp of the
|
||||
beginning of the last archivation. This line is followed by directory
|
||||
metadata descriptions, one per line. Each description has the
|
||||
following format:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
[@var{nfs}]@var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
where:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @var
|
||||
@item nfs
|
||||
A single plus character (@samp{+}), if this directory is located on
|
||||
an @acronym{NFS}-mounted partition, otherwise empty.
|
||||
|
||||
(That is, for non-NFS directories, the first character on the
|
||||
description line contains the start of the @var{dev} field.)
|
||||
|
||||
@item dev
|
||||
Device number of the directory;
|
||||
|
||||
@item inode
|
||||
I-node number of the directory;
|
||||
|
||||
@item name
|
||||
Name of the directory. Any special characters (white-space,
|
||||
backslashes, etc.) are quoted.
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex format 1, snapshot file
|
||||
@cindex snapshot file, format 1
|
||||
@item
|
||||
@samp{Format 1} snapshot file begins with a line specifying the
|
||||
format of the file. This line has the following structure:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@samp{GNU tar-}@var{tar-version}@samp{-}@var{incr-format-version}
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
where @var{tar-version} is the version number of @GNUTAR{}
|
||||
implementation that created this snapshot, and
|
||||
@var{incr-format-version} is the version number of the snapshot format
|
||||
(in this case @samp{1}).
|
||||
|
||||
Next line contains two decimal numbers, representing the
|
||||
time of the last backup. First number is the number of seconds, the
|
||||
second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
|
||||
epoch.
|
||||
|
||||
Lines that follow contain directory metadata, one line per
|
||||
directory. Each line is formatted as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
[@var{nfs}]@var{mtime-sec} @var{mtime-nsec} @var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
where @var{mtime-sec} and @var{mtime-nsec} represent last
|
||||
modification time of this directory with nanosecond precision;
|
||||
@var{nfs}, @var{dev}, @var{inode} and @var{name} have the same meaning
|
||||
as with @samp{format 0}.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex format 2, snapshot file
|
||||
@cindex snapshot file, format 2
|
||||
@item
|
||||
@samp{Format 2} snapshot file begins with a format identifier, as described for
|
||||
version 1, e.g.:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
GNU tar-@value{VERSION}-2
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
This line is followed by newline. Rest of file consists of
|
||||
records, separated by null (@acronym{ASCII} 0)
|
||||
characters. Thus, in contrast to the previous formats, format 2
|
||||
snapshot is a binary file.
|
||||
|
||||
First two records are decimal integers, representing the
|
||||
time of the last backup. First number is the number of seconds, the
|
||||
second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
|
||||
epoch. These are followed by arbitrary number of directory records.
|
||||
|
||||
Each @dfn{directory record} contains a set of metadata describing a
|
||||
particular directory. Parts of a directory record are delimited with
|
||||
@acronym{ASCII} 0 characters. The following table describes each
|
||||
part. The @dfn{Number} type in this table stands for a decimal integer
|
||||
in @acronym{ASCII} notation. (Negative values are preceeded with a "-"
|
||||
character, while positive values have no leading punctuation.)
|
||||
|
||||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.15 0.6
|
||||
@headitem Field @tab Type @tab Description
|
||||
@item nfs @tab Character @tab @samp{1} if the directory is located on
|
||||
an @acronym{NFS}-mounted partition, or @samp{0} otherwise;
|
||||
@item timestamp_sec @tab Number @tab Modification time, seconds;
|
||||
@item timestamp_nsec @tab Number @tab Modification time, nanoseconds;
|
||||
@item dev @tab Number @tab Device number;
|
||||
@item ino @tab Number @tab I-node number;
|
||||
@item name @tab String @tab Directory name; in contrast to the
|
||||
previous versions it is not quoted;
|
||||
@item contents @tab Dumpdir @tab Contents of the directory;
|
||||
@xref{Dumpdir}, for a description of its format.
|
||||
@item
|
||||
@end multitable
|
||||
|
||||
Dumpdirs stored in snapshot files contain only records of types
|
||||
@samp{Y}, @samp{N} and @samp{D}.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex snapshot file field ranges
|
||||
@opindex show-snapshot-field-ranges
|
||||
The specific range of values allowed in each of the @dfn{Number} fields
|
||||
depends on the underlying C datatypes as determined when @command{tar}
|
||||
is compiled. To see the specific ranges allowed for a particular
|
||||
@command{tar} binary, you can use the
|
||||
@option{--show-snapshot-field-ranges} option:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
$ @kbd{tar --show-shapshot-field-ranges}
|
||||
This tar's snapshot file field ranges are
|
||||
(field name => [ min, max ]):
|
||||
|
||||
nfs => [ 0, 1 ],
|
||||
timestamp_sec => [ -9223372036854775808, 9223372036854775807 ],
|
||||
timestamp_nsec => [ 0, 999999999 ],
|
||||
dev => [ 0, 18446744073709551615 ],
|
||||
ino => [ 0, 18446744073709551615 ],
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
(This example is from a GNU/Linux x86_64 system.)
|
||||
|
||||
@end enumerate
|
||||
|
||||
@c End of snapshot.texi
|
||||
234
doc/sparse.texi
234
doc/sparse.texi
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
|
||||
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex sparse formats
|
||||
@cindex sparse versions
|
||||
The notion of sparse file, and the ways of handling it from the point
|
||||
of view of @GNUTAR{} user have been described in detail in
|
||||
@ref{sparse}. This chapter describes the internal format @GNUTAR{}
|
||||
uses to store such files.
|
||||
|
||||
The support for sparse files in @GNUTAR{} has a long history. The
|
||||
earliest version featuring this support that I was able to find was 1.09,
|
||||
released in November, 1990. The format introduced back then is called
|
||||
@dfn{old GNU} sparse format and in spite of the fact that its design
|
||||
contained many flaws, it was the only format @GNUTAR{} supported
|
||||
until version 1.14 (May, 2004), which introduced initial support for
|
||||
sparse archives in @acronym{PAX} archives (@pxref{posix}). This
|
||||
format was not free from design flaws, either and it was subsequently
|
||||
improved in versions 1.15.2 (November, 2005) and 1.15.92 (June,
|
||||
2006).
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to GNU sparse format, @GNUTAR{} is able to read and
|
||||
extract sparse files archived by @command{star}.
|
||||
|
||||
The following subsections describe each format in detail.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Old GNU Format::
|
||||
* PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
|
||||
* PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Old GNU Format
|
||||
@appendixsubsec Old GNU Format
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex sparse formats, Old GNU
|
||||
@cindex Old GNU sparse format
|
||||
The format introduced in November 1990 (v. 1.09) was
|
||||
designed on top of standard @code{ustar} headers in such an
|
||||
unfortunate way that some of its fields overwrote fields required by
|
||||
POSIX.
|
||||
|
||||
An old GNU sparse header is designated by type @samp{S}
|
||||
(@code{GNUTYPE_SPARSE}) and has the following layout:
|
||||
|
||||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
|
||||
@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name @tab Data type @tab Contents
|
||||
@item 0 @tab 345 @tab @tab N/A @tab Not used.
|
||||
@item 345 @tab 12 @tab atime @tab Number @tab @code{atime} of the file.
|
||||
@item 357 @tab 12 @tab ctime @tab Number @tab @code{ctime} of the file .
|
||||
@item 369 @tab 12 @tab offset @tab Number @tab For
|
||||
multivolume archives: the offset of the start of this volume.
|
||||
@item 381 @tab 4 @tab @tab N/A @tab Not used.
|
||||
@item 385 @tab 1 @tab @tab N/A @tab Not used.
|
||||
@item 386 @tab 96 @tab sp @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab (4 entries) File map.
|
||||
@item 482 @tab 1 @tab isextended @tab Bool @tab @code{1} if an
|
||||
extension sparse header follows, @code{0} otherwise.
|
||||
@item 483 @tab 12 @tab realsize @tab Number @tab Real size of the file.
|
||||
@end multitable
|
||||
|
||||
Each of @code{sparse_header} object at offset 386 describes a single
|
||||
data chunk. It has the following structure:
|
||||
|
||||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.60
|
||||
@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Data type @tab Contents
|
||||
@item 0 @tab 12 @tab Number @tab Offset of the
|
||||
beginning of the chunk.
|
||||
@item 12 @tab 12 @tab Number @tab Size of the chunk.
|
||||
@end multitable
|
||||
|
||||
If the member contains more than four chunks, the @code{isextended}
|
||||
field of the header has the value @code{1} and the main header is
|
||||
followed by one or more @dfn{extension headers}. Each such header has
|
||||
the following structure:
|
||||
|
||||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
|
||||
@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name @tab Data type @tab Contents
|
||||
@item 0 @tab 21 @tab sp @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab
|
||||
(21 entries) File map.
|
||||
@item 504 @tab 1 @tab isextended @tab Bool @tab @code{1} if an
|
||||
extension sparse header follows, or @code{0} otherwise.
|
||||
@end multitable
|
||||
|
||||
A header with @code{isextended=0} ends the map.
|
||||
|
||||
@node PAX 0
|
||||
@appendixsubsec PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex sparse formats, v.0.0
|
||||
There are two formats available in this branch. The version @code{0.0}
|
||||
is the initial version of sparse format used by @command{tar}
|
||||
versions 1.14--1.15.1. The sparse file map is kept in extended
|
||||
(@code{x}) PAX header variables:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.size, extended header variable
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.size
|
||||
Real size of the stored file;
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.numblocks
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.numblocks, extended header variable
|
||||
Number of blocks in the sparse map;
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.offset
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.offset, extended header variable
|
||||
Offset of the data block;
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.numbytes
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.numbytes, extended header variable
|
||||
Size of the data block.
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
The latter two variables repeat for each data block, so the overall
|
||||
structure is like this:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
@group
|
||||
GNU.sparse.size=@var{size}
|
||||
GNU.sparse.numblocks=@var{numblocks}
|
||||
repeat @var{numblocks} times
|
||||
GNU.sparse.offset=@var{offset}
|
||||
GNU.sparse.numbytes=@var{numbytes}
|
||||
end repeat
|
||||
@end group
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
This format presented the following two problems:
|
||||
|
||||
@enumerate 1
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Whereas the POSIX specification allows a variable to appear multiple
|
||||
times in a header, it requires that only the last occurrence be
|
||||
meaningful. Thus, multiple occurrences of @code{GNU.sparse.offset} and
|
||||
@code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} are conflicting with the POSIX specs.
|
||||
|
||||
@item
|
||||
Attempting to extract such archives using a third-party's @command{tar}
|
||||
results in extraction of sparse files in @emph{condensed form}. If
|
||||
the @command{tar} implementation in question does not support POSIX
|
||||
format, it will also extract a file containing extension header
|
||||
attributes. This file can be used to expand the file to its original
|
||||
state. However, posix-aware @command{tar}s will usually ignore the
|
||||
unknown variables, which makes restoring the file more
|
||||
difficult. @xref{extracting sparse v.0.x, Extraction of sparse
|
||||
members in v.0.0 format}, for the detailed description of how to
|
||||
restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
|
||||
@end enumerate
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex sparse formats, v.0.1
|
||||
@GNUTAR{} 1.15.2 introduced sparse format version @code{0.1}, which
|
||||
attempted to solve these problems. As its predecessor, this format
|
||||
stores sparse map in the extended POSIX header. It retains
|
||||
@code{GNU.sparse.size} and @code{GNU.sparse.numblocks} variables, but
|
||||
instead of @code{GNU.sparse.offset}/@code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} pairs
|
||||
it uses a single variable:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.map
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.map, extended header variable
|
||||
Map of non-null data chunks. It is a string consisting of
|
||||
comma-separated values "@var{offset},@var{size}[,@var{offset-1},@var{size-1}...]"
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
To address the 2nd problem, the @code{name} field in @code{ustar}
|
||||
is replaced with a special name, constructed using the following pattern:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
%d/GNUSparseFile.%p/%f
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.name, extended header variable
|
||||
The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
|
||||
@code{GNU.sparse.name}. Thus, those @command{tar} implementations
|
||||
that are not aware of GNU extensions will at least extract the files
|
||||
into separate directories, giving the user a possibility to expand it
|
||||
afterwards. @xref{extracting sparse v.0.x, Extraction of sparse
|
||||
members in v.0.1 format}, for the detailed description of how to
|
||||
restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
|
||||
|
||||
The resulting @code{GNU.sparse.map} string can be @emph{very} long.
|
||||
Although POSIX does not impose any limit on the length of a @code{x}
|
||||
header variable, this possibly can confuse some @command{tar}s.
|
||||
|
||||
@node PAX 1
|
||||
@appendixsubsec PAX Format, Version 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex sparse formats, v.1.0
|
||||
The version @code{1.0} of sparse format was introduced with @GNUTAR{}
|
||||
1.15.92. Its main objective was to make the resulting file
|
||||
extractable with little effort even by non-posix aware @command{tar}
|
||||
implementations. Starting from this version, the extended header
|
||||
preceding a sparse member always contains the following variables that
|
||||
identify the format being used:
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.major
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.major, extended header variable
|
||||
Major version
|
||||
|
||||
@item GNU.sparse.minor
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.minor, extended header variable
|
||||
Minor version
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
The @code{name} field in @code{ustar} header contains a special name,
|
||||
constructed using the following pattern:
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
%d/GNUSparseFile.%p/%f
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.name, extended header variable, in v.1.0
|
||||
@vrindex GNU.sparse.realsize, extended header variable
|
||||
The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
|
||||
@code{GNU.sparse.name}. The real size of the file is stored in the
|
||||
variable @code{GNU.sparse.realsize}.
|
||||
|
||||
The sparse map itself is stored in the file data block, preceding the actual
|
||||
file data. It consists of a series of octal numbers of arbitrary length, delimited
|
||||
by newlines. The map is padded with nulls to the nearest block boundary.
|
||||
|
||||
The first number gives the number of entries in the map. Following are map entries,
|
||||
each one consisting of two numbers giving the offset and size of the
|
||||
data block it describes.
|
||||
|
||||
The format is designed in such a way that non-posix aware @command{tar}s and @command{tar}s not
|
||||
supporting @code{GNU.sparse.*} keywords will extract each sparse file
|
||||
in its condensed form with the file map prepended and will place it
|
||||
into a separate directory. Then, using a simple program it would be
|
||||
possible to expand the file to its original form even without @GNUTAR{}.
|
||||
@xref{Sparse Recovery}, for the detailed information on how to extract
|
||||
sparse members without @GNUTAR{}.
|
||||
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
|
||||
@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
@cindex Device numbers, changing
|
||||
@cindex snapshot files, editing
|
||||
@cindex snapshot files, fixing device numbers
|
||||
Various situations can cause device numbers to change: upgrading your
|
||||
kernel version, reconfiguring your hardware, loading kernel modules in a
|
||||
different order, using virtual volumes that are assembled dynamically
|
||||
(such as with @acronym{LVM} or @acronym{RAID}), hot-plugging drives
|
||||
(e.g. external USB or Firewire drives), etc. In the majority of
|
||||
cases this change is unnoticed by the users. However, it influences
|
||||
@command{tar} incremental backups: the device number is stored in tar
|
||||
snapshot files (@pxref{Snapshot Files}) and is used to determine whether
|
||||
the file has changed since the last backup. If the device numbers
|
||||
change for some reason, by default the next backup you run will be a
|
||||
full backup.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@pindex tar-snapshot-edit
|
||||
To minimize the impact in these cases, GNU @command{tar} comes with
|
||||
the @command{tar-snapshot-edit} utility for inspecting and updating
|
||||
device numbers in snapshot files. (The utility, written by
|
||||
Dustin J.@: Mitchell, is also available from the
|
||||
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tar-snapshot-edit.html,
|
||||
@GNUTAR{} home page}.)
|
||||
|
||||
To obtain a summary of the device numbers found in the snapshot file, run
|
||||
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit @var{snapfile}}
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
|
||||
@noindent
|
||||
where @var{snapfile} is the name of the snapshot file (you can supply as many
|
||||
files as you wish in a single command line). You can then compare the
|
||||
numbers across snapshot files, or against those currently in use on the
|
||||
live filesystem (using @command{ls -l} or @command{stat}).
|
||||
|
||||
Assuming the device numbers have indeed changed, it's often possible
|
||||
to simply tell @GNUTAR{} to ignore the device number when processing the
|
||||
incremental snapshot files for these backups, using the
|
||||
@option{--no-check-device} option (@pxref{device numbers}).
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you can use the @command{tar-edit-snapshot} script's
|
||||
@option{-r} option to update all occurrences of the given device
|
||||
number in the snapshot file(s). It takes a single argument
|
||||
of the form
|
||||
@samp{@var{olddev}-@var{newdev}}, where @var{olddev} is the device number
|
||||
used in the snapshot file, and @var{newdev} is the corresponding new device
|
||||
number. Both numbers may be specified in hex (e.g., @samp{0xfe01}),
|
||||
decimal (e.g., @samp{65025}), or as a major:minor number pair (e.g.,
|
||||
@samp{254:1}). To change several device numbers at once, specify them
|
||||
in a single comma-separated list, as in
|
||||
@option{-r 0x3060-0x4500,0x307-0x4600}.
|
||||
|
||||
Before updating the snapshot file, it is a good idea to create a backup
|
||||
copy of it. This is accomplished by @samp{-b} option. The name of the
|
||||
backup file is obtained by appending @samp{~} to the original file name.
|
||||
|
||||
An example session:
|
||||
@smallexample
|
||||
$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit root_snap.0 boot_snap.0}
|
||||
File: root_snap.0
|
||||
Detected snapshot file version: 2
|
||||
|
||||
Device 0x0000 occurs 1 times.
|
||||
Device 0x0003 occurs 1 times.
|
||||
Device 0x0005 occurs 1 times.
|
||||
Device 0x0013 occurs 1 times.
|
||||
Device 0x6801 occurs 1 times.
|
||||
Device 0x6803 occurs 6626 times.
|
||||
Device 0xfb00 occurs 1 times.
|
||||
|
||||
File: boot_snap.0
|
||||
Detected snapshot file version: 2
|
||||
|
||||
Device 0x6801 occurs 3 times.
|
||||
$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit -b -r 0x6801-0x6901,0x6803-0x6903 root_snap.0 boot_snap.0}
|
||||
File: root_snap.0
|
||||
Detected snapshot file version: 2
|
||||
|
||||
Updated 6627 records.
|
||||
|
||||
File: boot_snap.0
|
||||
Detected snapshot file version: 2
|
||||
|
||||
Updated 3 records.
|
||||
@end smallexample
|
||||
12074
doc/tar.texi
12074
doc/tar.texi
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Copyright 2006-2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
1{s,/\*,@comment ,
|
||||
b
|
||||
}
|
||||
2,/.*\*\//{s,\*/,,;s/^/@comment/
|
||||
b
|
||||
}
|
||||
/\/* END \*\//,$d
|
||||
s/\([{}]\)/@\1/g
|
||||
s,/\*,&@r{,
|
||||
s,\*/,}&,
|
||||
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
;;;; Untabify the sources.
|
||||
;;;; Usage: emacs -batch -l untabify.el [file ...]
|
||||
|
||||
(defun global-untabify (buflist)
|
||||
(mapcar
|
||||
(lambda (bufname)
|
||||
(set-buffer (find-file bufname))
|
||||
(untabify (point-min) (point-max))
|
||||
(save-buffer)
|
||||
(kill-buffer (current-buffer)))
|
||||
buflist))
|
||||
|
||||
(global-untabify command-line-args-left)
|
||||
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
@c This is part of GNU tar manual.
|
||||
@c Copyright 1992, 1994-1997, 1999-2006, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@c See file tar.texi for copying conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
@macro GNUTAR
|
||||
@acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@macro xopindex{option,text}
|
||||
@opindex \option\@r{, \text\}
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
|
||||
@macro opsummary{option}
|
||||
@ifclear ANCHOR--\option\
|
||||
@set ANCHOR--\option\ 1
|
||||
@anchor{--\option\}
|
||||
@end ifclear
|
||||
@xopindex{\option\, summary}
|
||||
@end macro
|
||||
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Make the subset of Gnulib that GNU tar needs.
|
||||
include gnulib.mk
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS += $(GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS) $(WERROR_CFLAGS)
|
||||
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# List of gnulib modules needed for GNU tar.
|
||||
# A module name per line. Empty lines and comments are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 2005-2010, 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
acl
|
||||
alloca
|
||||
argmatch
|
||||
argp
|
||||
argp-version-etc
|
||||
backupfile
|
||||
closeout
|
||||
configmake
|
||||
dirname
|
||||
error
|
||||
exclude
|
||||
extern-inline
|
||||
exitfail
|
||||
fchmodat
|
||||
fchownat
|
||||
fcntl-h
|
||||
fdopendir
|
||||
fdutimensat
|
||||
fileblocks
|
||||
fnmatch-gnu
|
||||
fseeko
|
||||
fstatat
|
||||
full-write
|
||||
futimens
|
||||
getline
|
||||
getopt-gnu
|
||||
getpagesize
|
||||
gettext
|
||||
gettime
|
||||
gitlog-to-changelog
|
||||
hash
|
||||
human
|
||||
inttostr
|
||||
inttypes
|
||||
lchown
|
||||
linkat
|
||||
localcharset
|
||||
manywarnings
|
||||
mkdirat
|
||||
mkdtemp
|
||||
mkfifoat
|
||||
modechange
|
||||
obstack
|
||||
openat
|
||||
parse-datetime
|
||||
priv-set
|
||||
progname
|
||||
quote
|
||||
quotearg
|
||||
readlinkat
|
||||
renameat
|
||||
root-uid
|
||||
rpmatch
|
||||
safe-read
|
||||
savedir
|
||||
selinux-at
|
||||
setenv
|
||||
snprintf
|
||||
stat-time
|
||||
stdbool
|
||||
stdint
|
||||
stpcpy
|
||||
strdup-posix
|
||||
strerror
|
||||
strtol
|
||||
strtoul
|
||||
symlinkat
|
||||
timespec
|
||||
unlinkat
|
||||
unlinkdir
|
||||
unlocked-io
|
||||
utimensat
|
||||
version-etc-fsf
|
||||
xalloc
|
||||
xalloc-die
|
||||
xgetcwd
|
||||
xstrtoumax
|
||||
xvasprintf
|
||||
10
lib/.gitignore
vendored
10
lib/.gitignore
vendored
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
|
||||
paxerror.c
|
||||
paxexit-status.c
|
||||
paxexit.c
|
||||
paxlib.h
|
||||
paxnames.c
|
||||
rmt-command.h
|
||||
rmt.h
|
||||
rtapelib.c
|
||||
system-ioctl.h
|
||||
system.h
|
||||
@@ -1,62 +1,45 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU tar library. -*- Makefile -*-
|
||||
# Makefile for GNU tar library.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 1994-1997, 1999-2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2010, 2013 Free
|
||||
# Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is part of GNU tar.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
# 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
noinst_LIBRARIES=libtar.a
|
||||
rmt-command.h : Makefile
|
||||
$(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)echo "#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND" >> $@-t
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)echo "# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND \"$(DEFAULT_RMT_DIR)/`echo rmt | sed '$(transform)'`$(EXEEXT)\"" >> $@-t
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)echo "#endif" >> $@-t
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
|
||||
BUILT_SOURCES = rmt-command.h
|
||||
CLEANFILES = rmt-command.h rmt-command.h-t
|
||||
AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/gnu -I../ -I../gnu
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS) $(WERROR_CFLAGS)
|
||||
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnits
|
||||
|
||||
noinst_LIBRARIES = libtar.a
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
alloca.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c ftruncate.c execlp.c gmalloc.c \
|
||||
memset.c mkdir.c modechange.h rename.c rmdir.c stpcpy.c strstr.c
|
||||
|
||||
noinst_HEADERS = \
|
||||
paxlib.h\
|
||||
rmt.h\
|
||||
stdopen.h\
|
||||
system.h\
|
||||
system-ioctl.h\
|
||||
wordsplit.h\
|
||||
xattr-at.h
|
||||
argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h getopt.h getdate.h getpagesize.h \
|
||||
pathmax.h
|
||||
|
||||
libtar_a_SOURCES = \
|
||||
paxerror.c paxexit-status.c paxlib.h paxnames.c \
|
||||
prepargs.c prepargs.h \
|
||||
rtapelib.c \
|
||||
rmt.h \
|
||||
stdopen.c stdopen.h \
|
||||
system.h system-ioctl.h \
|
||||
wordsplit.c\
|
||||
xattr-at.c
|
||||
argmatch.c backupfile.c error.c getdate.y getopt.c getopt1.c getversion.c \
|
||||
modechange.c msleep.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
|
||||
|
||||
if !TAR_COND_XATTR_H
|
||||
BUILT_SOURCES += attr/xattr.h
|
||||
attr/xattr.h: attr-xattr.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
$(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) attr
|
||||
$(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
|
||||
cp $(srcdir)/attr-xattr.in.h attr/xattr.h
|
||||
endif
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
|
||||
|
||||
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = attr/xattr.h
|
||||
libtar_a_LIBADD = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@
|
||||
libtar_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libtar_a_LIBADD)
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = attr-xattr.in.h
|
||||
# Say $(srcdir), so GNU make does not report an ambiguity with the .y.c rule.
|
||||
$(srcdir)/getdate.c: getdate.y
|
||||
@echo Expect 13 shift/reduce conflicts...
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) getdate.y; \
|
||||
mv -f y.tab.c getdate.c
|
||||
|
||||
504
lib/alloca.c
Normal file
504
lib/alloca.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
|
||||
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
|
||||
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
|
||||
|
||||
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
|
||||
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
|
||||
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
|
||||
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
|
||||
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
|
||||
|
||||
There are some preprocessor constants that can
|
||||
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
|
||||
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
|
||||
|
||||
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
|
||||
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
|
||||
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
|
||||
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
|
||||
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
|
||||
|
||||
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
|
||||
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
|
||||
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
# include "blockinput.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
|
||||
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
|
||||
|
||||
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
|
||||
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef emacs
|
||||
# ifdef static
|
||||
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
|
||||
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
|
||||
in order to make unexec workable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
you
|
||||
lose
|
||||
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
|
||||
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
|
||||
# endif /* static */
|
||||
# endif /* emacs */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
|
||||
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
|
||||
long i00afunc ();
|
||||
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
typedef void *pointer;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
typedef char *pointer;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef NULL
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
|
||||
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
|
||||
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
|
||||
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
|
||||
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
|
||||
|
||||
Callers below should use malloc. */
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef emacs
|
||||
# undef malloc
|
||||
# define malloc xmalloc
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern pointer malloc ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
|
||||
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
|
||||
deduced at run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
|
||||
|
||||
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
|
||||
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_stack_direction ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
|
||||
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (addr == NULL)
|
||||
{ /* Initial entry. */
|
||||
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
|
||||
|
||||
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Second entry. */
|
||||
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
|
||||
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
|
||||
else
|
||||
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
|
||||
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
|
||||
(b) keep track of stack depth.
|
||||
|
||||
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
|
||||
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
|
||||
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union hdr
|
||||
{
|
||||
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
|
||||
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
|
||||
} h;
|
||||
} header;
|
||||
|
||||
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
|
||||
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
|
||||
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
|
||||
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
|
||||
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
|
||||
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
|
||||
|
||||
pointer
|
||||
alloca (size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
|
||||
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
|
||||
|
||||
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
|
||||
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
|
||||
find_stack_direction ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
|
||||
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef emacs
|
||||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
|
||||
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|
||||
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
|
||||
{
|
||||
register header *np = hp->h.next;
|
||||
|
||||
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
|
||||
|
||||
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
|
||||
|
||||
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef emacs
|
||||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
|
||||
/* Address of header. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (new == 0)
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
|
||||
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
|
||||
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
|
||||
|
||||
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
|
||||
|
||||
/* User storage begins just after header. */
|
||||
|
||||
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
# include <stdio.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
|
||||
# define CRAY_STACK
|
||||
# ifndef CRAY2
|
||||
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
|
||||
struct stack_control_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
|
||||
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
|
||||
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
|
||||
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
|
||||
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
|
||||
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
|
||||
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
|
||||
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
|
||||
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct stack_segment_linkage
|
||||
{
|
||||
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
|
||||
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
|
||||
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
|
||||
long:32;
|
||||
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
|
||||
segment of stack. */
|
||||
long:32;
|
||||
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
|
||||
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
|
||||
microtasking. */
|
||||
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
|
||||
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
|
||||
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
|
||||
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
|
||||
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
|
||||
long ssa0;
|
||||
long ssa1;
|
||||
long ssa2;
|
||||
long ssa3;
|
||||
long ssa4;
|
||||
long ssa5;
|
||||
long ssa6;
|
||||
long ssa7;
|
||||
long sss0;
|
||||
long sss1;
|
||||
long sss2;
|
||||
long sss3;
|
||||
long sss4;
|
||||
long sss5;
|
||||
long sss6;
|
||||
long sss7;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# else /* CRAY2 */
|
||||
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
|
||||
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
|
||||
struct stk_stat
|
||||
{
|
||||
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
|
||||
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
|
||||
be required to satisfy the maximum
|
||||
stack demand to date. */
|
||||
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
|
||||
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
|
||||
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
|
||||
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
|
||||
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
|
||||
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
|
||||
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
|
||||
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
|
||||
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
|
||||
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
|
||||
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
|
||||
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
|
||||
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
|
||||
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
|
||||
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
|
||||
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
|
||||
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
|
||||
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
|
||||
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct stk_trailer
|
||||
{
|
||||
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
|
||||
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
|
||||
this trailer). */
|
||||
long unknown2;
|
||||
long unknown3;
|
||||
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
|
||||
segment. */
|
||||
long unknown5;
|
||||
long unknown6;
|
||||
long unknown7;
|
||||
long unknown8;
|
||||
long unknown9;
|
||||
long unknown10;
|
||||
long unknown11;
|
||||
long unknown12;
|
||||
long unknown13;
|
||||
long unknown14;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# endif /* CRAY2 */
|
||||
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef CRAY2
|
||||
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
|
||||
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
|
||||
|
||||
static long
|
||||
i00afunc (long *address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stk_stat status;
|
||||
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
|
||||
long *block, size;
|
||||
long result = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
|
||||
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
|
||||
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
|
||||
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
|
||||
|
||||
STKSTAT (&status);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up the iteration. */
|
||||
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
|
||||
+ status.current_size
|
||||
- 15);
|
||||
|
||||
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
|
||||
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (trailer == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (trailer != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
|
||||
size = trailer->this_size;
|
||||
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
|
||||
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
|
||||
of all predecessor segments. */
|
||||
|
||||
result = address - block;
|
||||
|
||||
if (trailer == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result += trailer->this_size;
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (trailer != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
|
||||
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
|
||||
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
|
||||
not what you want. */
|
||||
|
||||
return (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# else /* not CRAY2 */
|
||||
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
|
||||
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
|
||||
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
|
||||
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
|
||||
for alloca. */
|
||||
|
||||
static long
|
||||
i00afunc (long address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
long stkl = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
|
||||
long result = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
|
||||
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
|
||||
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
|
||||
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
|
||||
|
||||
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
|
||||
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
|
||||
|
||||
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
|
||||
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
|
||||
|
||||
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
|
||||
nonzero. */
|
||||
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
|
||||
this_segment = stkl - size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
|
||||
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
|
||||
contain the target address. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
|
||||
{
|
||||
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
if (pseg == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
stkl = stkl - pseg;
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
this_segment = stkl - size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = address - this_segment;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
|
||||
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
|
||||
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
|
||||
a cycle somewhere. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (pseg != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
stkl = stkl - pseg;
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
result += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
|
||||
# endif /* CRAY */
|
||||
|
||||
# endif /* no alloca */
|
||||
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
|
||||
316
lib/argmatch.c
Normal file
316
lib/argmatch.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
|
||||
/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
|
||||
Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "argmatch.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _(Text) Text
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
#include "quotearg.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
|
||||
by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE. Do not use
|
||||
literal_quoting_style. */
|
||||
#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
|
||||
# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE escape_quoting_style
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
|
||||
systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
|
||||
is defined to 0, not 1. */
|
||||
#if !EXIT_FAILURE
|
||||
# undef EXIT_FAILURE
|
||||
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
|
||||
#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
|
||||
# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
|
||||
ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
__argmatch_die (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ARGMATCH_DIE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH. See description in argmatch.h.
|
||||
Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
|
||||
argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
|
||||
null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
|
||||
of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
|
||||
or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
|
||||
If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
|
||||
|
||||
If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
|
||||
synonyms, i.e., for
|
||||
"yes", "yop" -> 0
|
||||
"no", "nope" -> 1
|
||||
"y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
|
||||
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
|
||||
int case_sensitive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i; /* Temporary index in ARGLIST. */
|
||||
size_t arglen; /* Length of ARG. */
|
||||
int matchind = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */
|
||||
int ambiguous = 0; /* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es). */
|
||||
|
||||
arglen = strlen (arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (case_sensitive
|
||||
? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
|
||||
: !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
|
||||
/* Exact match found. */
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
else if (matchind == -1)
|
||||
/* First nonexact match found. */
|
||||
matchind = i;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Second nonexact match found. */
|
||||
if (vallist == NULL
|
||||
|| memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
|
||||
vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
|
||||
disambiguate. */
|
||||
ambiguous = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ambiguous)
|
||||
return -2;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return matchind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
|
||||
int
|
||||
argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
|
||||
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
|
||||
int
|
||||
argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
|
||||
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error reporting for argmatch.
|
||||
CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
|
||||
VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
|
||||
PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum quoting_style saved_quoting_style;
|
||||
char const *format;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure to have a good quoting style to report errors.
|
||||
literal is insane here. */
|
||||
saved_quoting_style = get_quoting_style (NULL);
|
||||
set_quoting_style (NULL, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE);
|
||||
|
||||
format = (problem == -1
|
||||
? _("invalid argument `%s' for `%s'")
|
||||
: _("ambiguous argument `%s' for `%s'"));
|
||||
|
||||
error (0, 0, format, quotearg (value), context);
|
||||
|
||||
set_quoting_style (NULL, saved_quoting_style);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
|
||||
ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
|
||||
VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
|
||||
VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
|
||||
void
|
||||
argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
|
||||
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
const char *last_val = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We try to put synonyms on the same line. The assumption is that
|
||||
synonyms follow each other */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
|
||||
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
|
||||
if ((i == 0)
|
||||
|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "\n - `%s'", arglist[i]);
|
||||
last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
|
||||
|
||||
CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
|
||||
"--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.). Upon failure,
|
||||
calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
|
||||
const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
|
||||
const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
|
||||
int case_sensitive,
|
||||
argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
|
||||
vallist, valsize,
|
||||
case_sensitive);
|
||||
if (res >= 0)
|
||||
/* Success. */
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We failed. Explain why. */
|
||||
argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
|
||||
argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
|
||||
(*exit_fn) ();
|
||||
|
||||
return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
|
||||
return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
|
||||
const char *const *arglist,
|
||||
const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
|
||||
if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
|
||||
return arglist[i];
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TEST
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *program_name;
|
||||
extern const char *getenv ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* When to make backup files. */
|
||||
enum backup_type
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Never make backups. */
|
||||
none,
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make simple backups of every file. */
|
||||
simple,
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
|
||||
and simple backups of the others. */
|
||||
numbered_existing,
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make numbered backups of every file. */
|
||||
numbered
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
|
||||
values */
|
||||
static const char *const backup_args[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"no", "none", "off",
|
||||
"simple", "never",
|
||||
"existing", "nil",
|
||||
"numbered", "t",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
none, none, none,
|
||||
simple, simple,
|
||||
numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
|
||||
numbered, numbered
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
enum backup_type backup_type = none;
|
||||
|
||||
program_name = (char *) argv[0];
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc > 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
|
||||
backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
|
||||
backup_args, backup_vals);
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc == 2)
|
||||
backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
|
||||
backup_args, backup_vals);
|
||||
|
||||
printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
|
||||
ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Replacement <attr/xattr.h> for platforms that lack it.
|
||||
Copyright 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TAR_ATTR_XATTR_H
|
||||
#define TAR_ATTR_XATTR_H
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef ENOATTR
|
||||
# define ENOATTR ENODATA /* No such attribute */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* setting */
|
||||
static inline int setxattr (const char *path, const char *name, const void
|
||||
*value, size_t size, int flags)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int lsetxattr (const char *path, const char *name, const void
|
||||
*value, size_t size, int flags)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int fsetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, const void *value,
|
||||
size_t size, int flags)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* getting */
|
||||
static inline ssize_t getxattr (const char *path, const char *name, void *value,
|
||||
size_t size)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
static inline ssize_t lgetxattr (const char *path, const char *name, void
|
||||
*value, size_t size)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
static inline ssize_t fgetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, void *value,
|
||||
size_t size)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* listing */
|
||||
static inline ssize_t listxattr (const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
static inline ssize_t llistxattr (const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
static inline ssize_t flistxattr (int filedes, char *list, size_t size)
|
||||
{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
9
lib/basename.h
Normal file
9
lib/basename.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
|
||||
368
lib/error.c
Normal file
368
lib/error.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
|
||||
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
|
||||
the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
02111-1307 USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <wchar.h>
|
||||
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
|
||||
# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void exit ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _
|
||||
# define _(String) String
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
|
||||
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
|
||||
function without parameters instead. */
|
||||
void (*error_print_progname) (
|
||||
#if __STDC__ - 0
|
||||
void
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
|
||||
unsigned int error_message_count;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
|
||||
|
||||
# define program_name program_invocation_name
|
||||
# include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
|
||||
Instead make it a weak alias. */
|
||||
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
|
||||
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
|
||||
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
|
||||
...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
|
||||
# define error __error
|
||||
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
|
||||
# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* not _LIBC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
|
||||
name of the executing program. */
|
||||
extern char *program_name;
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
|
||||
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if HAVE_STRERROR
|
||||
# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
|
||||
char *strerror ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# else
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
private_strerror (errnum)
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern char *sys_errlist[];
|
||||
extern int sys_nerr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
|
||||
return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
|
||||
return _("Unknown system error");
|
||||
}
|
||||
# define strerror private_strerror
|
||||
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
|
||||
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
|
||||
#endif /* not _LIBC */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
static void
|
||||
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
|
||||
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
|
||||
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
|
||||
mbstate_t st;
|
||||
size_t res;
|
||||
const char *tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
|
||||
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
|
||||
wmessage = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
|
||||
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
|
||||
|
||||
if (wmessage == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
|
||||
tmp =message;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (res == (size_t) -1)
|
||||
/* The string cannot be converted. */
|
||||
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
|
||||
|
||||
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
|
||||
++error_message_count;
|
||||
if (errnum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
|
||||
char errbuf[1024];
|
||||
char *s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
|
||||
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
|
||||
__fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
|
||||
else
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
|
||||
putwc (L'\n', stderr);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
fflush (stderr);
|
||||
if (status)
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
|
||||
format string with optional args.
|
||||
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
|
||||
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
|
||||
/* VARARGS */
|
||||
void
|
||||
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
|
||||
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
char *message;
|
||||
va_dcl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
fflush (stdout);
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
__flockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (error_print_progname)
|
||||
(*error_print_progname) ();
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
|
||||
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
VA_START (args, message);
|
||||
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
|
||||
|
||||
++error_message_count;
|
||||
if (errnum)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
fflush (stderr);
|
||||
if (status)
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
__funlockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
|
||||
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
|
||||
int error_one_per_line;
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
|
||||
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
|
||||
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
const char *file_name;
|
||||
unsigned int line_number;
|
||||
char *message;
|
||||
va_dcl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (error_one_per_line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *old_file_name;
|
||||
static unsigned int old_line_number;
|
||||
|
||||
if (old_line_number == line_number
|
||||
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|
||||
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
|
||||
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
old_file_name = file_name;
|
||||
old_line_number = line_number;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fflush (stdout);
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
__flockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (error_print_progname)
|
||||
(*error_print_progname) ();
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
|
||||
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
|
||||
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
VA_START (args, message);
|
||||
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
|
||||
|
||||
++error_message_count;
|
||||
if (errnum)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
fflush (stderr);
|
||||
if (status)
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
|
||||
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
__funlockfile (stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Make the weak alias. */
|
||||
# undef error
|
||||
# undef error_at_line
|
||||
weak_alias (__error, error)
|
||||
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
127
lib/exclude.c
Normal file
127
lib/exclude.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
|
||||
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
|
||||
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <exclude.h>
|
||||
#include <fnmatch.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
|
||||
void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *, size_t));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Keep track of excluded file name patterns. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct exclude
|
||||
{
|
||||
char const **exclude;
|
||||
int exclude_alloc;
|
||||
int exclude_count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct exclude *
|
||||
new_exclude (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct exclude));
|
||||
ex->exclude_count = 0;
|
||||
ex->exclude_alloc = 64;
|
||||
ex->exclude = (char const **) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof (char *));
|
||||
return ex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
|
||||
int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < exclude_count; i++)
|
||||
if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, 0) == 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
|
||||
ex->exclude = (char const **) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
|
||||
((ex->exclude_alloc *= 2)
|
||||
* sizeof (char *)));
|
||||
|
||||
ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++] = pattern;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
|
||||
FILE *in;
|
||||
char *buf;
|
||||
char *p;
|
||||
char const *pattern;
|
||||
char const *lim;
|
||||
size_t buf_alloc = 1024;
|
||||
size_t buf_count = 0;
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
int e = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (use_stdin)
|
||||
in = stdin;
|
||||
else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
|
||||
|
||||
while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
buf[buf_count++] = c;
|
||||
if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
|
||||
buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc *= 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ferror (in))
|
||||
e = errno;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
|
||||
e = errno;
|
||||
|
||||
for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count; p <= lim; p++)
|
||||
if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
|
||||
{
|
||||
*p = '\0';
|
||||
add_exclude (ex, pattern);
|
||||
pattern = p + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
errno = e;
|
||||
return e ? -1 : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
34
lib/exclude.h
Normal file
34
lib/exclude.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
|
||||
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
|
||||
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct exclude;
|
||||
|
||||
struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
|
||||
void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
|
||||
int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
|
||||
int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
|
||||
230
lib/fnmatch.c
Normal file
230
lib/fnmatch.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <fnmatch.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
|
||||
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
|
||||
it matches, nonzero if not. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
|
||||
register char c;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */
|
||||
#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
|
||||
? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
|
||||
: (c))
|
||||
|
||||
while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
if (*n == '\0')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
|
||||
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '\\':
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
if (c == '\0')
|
||||
/* Trailing \ loses. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (FOLD (*n) != c)
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
|
||||
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c == '?')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* A ? needs to match one character. */
|
||||
if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
|
||||
/* There isn't another character; no match. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* One character of the string is consumed in matching
|
||||
this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
|
||||
less than three characters. */
|
||||
++n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
|
||||
for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
|
||||
if (*n == '/')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
|
||||
c1 = FOLD (c1);
|
||||
for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
|
||||
if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
|
||||
fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case '[':
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */
|
||||
register int not;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*n == '\0')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
|
||||
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
|
||||
if (not)
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register char cstart = c, cend = c;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*p == '\0')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
cstart = cend = *p++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == '\0')
|
||||
/* [ (unterminated) loses. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/')
|
||||
/* [/] can never match. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
|
||||
{
|
||||
cend = *p++;
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
|
||||
cend = *p++;
|
||||
if (cend == '\0')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
cend = FOLD (cend);
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend)
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == ']')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!not)
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
matched:;
|
||||
/* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */
|
||||
while (c != ']')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c == '\0')
|
||||
/* [... (unterminated) loses. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*p == '\0')
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
/* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (not)
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (c != FOLD (*n))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
++n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*n == '\0')
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
|
||||
/* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FOLD
|
||||
}
|
||||
84
lib/fnmatch.hin
Normal file
84
lib/fnmatch.hin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _FNMATCH_H
|
||||
#define _FNMATCH_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32
|
||||
# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P
|
||||
# undef __P
|
||||
# define __P(protos) protos
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */
|
||||
# undef __P
|
||||
# define __P(protos) ()
|
||||
/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
|
||||
it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
|
||||
non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical. */
|
||||
#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef const
|
||||
# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
|
||||
# define __const const
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define __const
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
|
||||
(HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */
|
||||
#undef FNM_PATHNAME
|
||||
#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
|
||||
#undef FNM_PERIOD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'. */
|
||||
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'. */
|
||||
#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
|
||||
#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */
|
||||
# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match. */
|
||||
# define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
|
||||
#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
|
||||
`fnmatch'. Since this is not the case here it will never be
|
||||
returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
|
||||
# define FNM_NOSYS (-1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
|
||||
returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
|
||||
extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__string,
|
||||
int __flags));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* fnmatch.h */
|
||||
474
lib/fnmatch_loop.c
Normal file
474
lib/fnmatch_loop.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
|
||||
it matches, nonzero if not. */
|
||||
static int FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string,
|
||||
int no_leading_period, int flags) internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
FCT (pattern, string, no_leading_period, flags)
|
||||
const CHAR *pattern;
|
||||
const CHAR *string;
|
||||
int no_leading_period;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register const CHAR *p = pattern, *n = string;
|
||||
register UCHAR c;
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
const UCHAR *collseq = (const UCHAR *)
|
||||
_NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, CONCAT(_NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQ,SUFFIX));
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
const wint_t *names = (const wint_t *)
|
||||
_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NAMES);
|
||||
size_t size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_HASH_SIZE);
|
||||
size_t layers = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_HASH_LAYERS);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
while ((c = *p++) != L('\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case L('?'):
|
||||
if (*n == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
|
||||
&& (n == string
|
||||
|| (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case L('\\'):
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
if (c == L('\0'))
|
||||
/* Trailing \ loses. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) != c)
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case L('*'):
|
||||
if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
|
||||
&& (n == string
|
||||
|| (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
for (c = *p++; c == L('?') || c == L('*'); c = *p++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
|
||||
/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else if (c == L('?'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* A ? needs to match one character. */
|
||||
if (*n == L('\0'))
|
||||
/* There isn't another character; no match. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* One character of the string is consumed in matching
|
||||
this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
|
||||
less than three characters. */
|
||||
++n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == L('\0'))
|
||||
/* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
|
||||
If the name is a file name and contains another slash
|
||||
this does mean it cannot match. If the FNM_LEADING_DIR
|
||||
flag is set and exactly one slash is following, we have
|
||||
a match. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int result = (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
if (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR *slashp = STRCHR (n, L('/'));
|
||||
|
||||
if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (slashp != NULL
|
||||
&& STRCHR (slashp + 1, L('/')) == NULL)
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (slashp == NULL)
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR *endp;
|
||||
|
||||
endp = STRCHRNUL (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? L('/') : L('\0'));
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == L('['))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
|
||||
? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
|
||||
|
||||
for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
|
||||
if (FCT (p, n, (no_leading_period
|
||||
&& (n == string
|
||||
|| (n[-1] == L('/')
|
||||
&& (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
|
||||
flags2) == 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (c == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (*n != L('\0') && *n != L('/'))
|
||||
++n;
|
||||
if (*n == L('/')
|
||||
&& (FCT (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags) == 0))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
|
||||
? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == L('\\') && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
|
||||
if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) == c
|
||||
&& (FCT (p, n, (no_leading_period
|
||||
&& (n == string
|
||||
|| (n[-1] == L('/')
|
||||
&& (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
|
||||
flags2) == 0))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
case L('['):
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */
|
||||
static int posixly_correct;
|
||||
register int not;
|
||||
CHAR cold;
|
||||
|
||||
if (posixly_correct == 0)
|
||||
posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*n == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
|
||||
&& (n == string
|
||||
|| (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
|
||||
/* `/' cannot be matched. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
not = (*p == L('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L('^')));
|
||||
if (not)
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UCHAR fn = FOLD ((UCHAR) *n);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*p == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
c = FOLD ((UCHAR) *p);
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == fn)
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Leave room for the null. */
|
||||
CHAR str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
|
||||
size_t c1 = 0;
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
|
||||
wctype_t wt;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const CHAR *startp = p;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
|
||||
/* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
|
||||
is ill-formed. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *++p;
|
||||
if (c == L(':') && p[1] == L(']'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
p += 2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (c < L('a') || c >= L('z'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
|
||||
Match it as a normal range. */
|
||||
p = startp;
|
||||
c = L('[');
|
||||
goto normal_bracket;
|
||||
}
|
||||
str[c1++] = c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
str[c1] = L('\0');
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
|
||||
wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
|
||||
if (wt == 0)
|
||||
/* Invalid character class name. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ISWCTYPE (BTOWC ((UCHAR) *n), wt))
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if ((STREQ (str, L("alnum")) && ISALNUM ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("alpha")) && ISALPHA ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("blank")) && ISBLANK ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("cntrl")) && ISCNTRL ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("digit")) && ISDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("graph")) && ISGRAPH ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("lower")) && ISLOWER ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("print")) && ISPRINT ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("punct")) && ISPUNCT ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("space")) && ISSPACE ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("upper")) && ISUPPER ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
|| (STREQ (str, L("xdigit")) && ISXDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n)))
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (c == L('\0'))
|
||||
/* [ (unterminated) loses. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = FOLD (c);
|
||||
normal_bracket:
|
||||
if (c == fn)
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
|
||||
cold = c;
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == L('-') && *p != L(']'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if _LIBC
|
||||
/* We have to find the collation sequence
|
||||
value for C. Collation sequence is nothing
|
||||
we can regularly access. The sequence
|
||||
value is defined by the order in which the
|
||||
definitions of the collation values for the
|
||||
various characters appear in the source
|
||||
file. A strange concept, nowhere
|
||||
documented. */
|
||||
int32_t fseqidx;
|
||||
int32_t lseqidx;
|
||||
UCHAR cend = *p++;
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
size_t cnt;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
|
||||
cend = *p++;
|
||||
if (cend == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
/* Search in the `names' array for the characters. */
|
||||
fseqidx = fn % size;
|
||||
cnt = 0;
|
||||
while (names[fseqidx] != fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++cnt == layers)
|
||||
/* XXX We don't know anything about
|
||||
the character we are supposed to
|
||||
match. This means we are failing. */
|
||||
goto range_not_matched;
|
||||
|
||||
fseqidx += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lseqidx = cold % size;
|
||||
cnt = 0;
|
||||
while (names[lseqidx] != cold)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++cnt == layers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lseqidx = -1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lseqidx += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# else
|
||||
fseqidx = fn;
|
||||
lseqidx = cold;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* XXX It is not entirely clear to me how to handle
|
||||
characters which are not mentioned in the
|
||||
collation specification. */
|
||||
if (
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
lseqidx == -1 ||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
collseq[lseqidx] <= collseq[fseqidx])
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have to look at the upper bound. */
|
||||
int32_t hseqidx;
|
||||
|
||||
cend = FOLD (cend);
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
hseqidx = cend % size;
|
||||
cnt = 0;
|
||||
while (names[hseqidx] != cend)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++cnt == layers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Hum, no information about the upper
|
||||
bound. The matching succeeds if the
|
||||
lower bound is matched exactly. */
|
||||
if (lseqidx == -1 || cold != fn)
|
||||
goto range_not_matched;
|
||||
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
# else
|
||||
hseqidx = cend;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
(lseqidx == -1
|
||||
&& collseq[fseqidx] == collseq[hseqidx]) ||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
collseq[fseqidx] <= collseq[hseqidx])
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
|
||||
range_not_matched:
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* We use a boring value comparison of the character
|
||||
values. This is better than comparing using
|
||||
`strcoll' since the latter would have surprising
|
||||
and sometimes fatal consequences. */
|
||||
UCHAR cend = *p++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
|
||||
cend = *p++;
|
||||
if (cend == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is a range. */
|
||||
if (cold <= fc && fc <= c)
|
||||
goto matched;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == L(']'))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!not)
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
matched:
|
||||
/* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */
|
||||
while (c != L(']'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c == L('\0'))
|
||||
/* [... (unterminated) loses. */
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *p++;
|
||||
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*p == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
/* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (*++p == L('\0'))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
while (*p != L(':') || p[1] == L(']'));
|
||||
p += 2;
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (not)
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (c != FOLD ((UCHAR) *n))
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
++n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (*n == '\0')
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == L('/'))
|
||||
/* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return FNM_NOMATCH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef FOLD
|
||||
#undef CHAR
|
||||
#undef UCHAR
|
||||
#undef FCT
|
||||
#undef STRCHR
|
||||
#undef STRCHRNUL
|
||||
#undef STRCOLL
|
||||
#undef L
|
||||
#undef BTOWC
|
||||
#undef SUFFIX
|
||||
50
lib/full-read.c
Normal file
50
lib/full-read.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
/* full-read.c -- an interface to read that retries after interrupts
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read LEN bytes at PTR from descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted.
|
||||
Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or negative
|
||||
for an error. */
|
||||
|
||||
ssize_t
|
||||
full_read (int desc, char *ptr, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ssize_t n = read (desc, ptr, len);
|
||||
#ifdef EINTR
|
||||
if (n < 0 && errno == EINTR)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
67
lib/full-write.c
Normal file
67
lib/full-write.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
/* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Paul Eggert. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "full-write.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write LEN bytes at PTR to descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted
|
||||
or if partial writes occur. Return the number of bytes successfully
|
||||
written, setting errno if that is less than LEN. */
|
||||
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t total_written = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ssize_t written = write (desc, ptr, len);
|
||||
if (written <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when you fall off a device's end. */
|
||||
if (written == 0)
|
||||
errno = ENOSPC;
|
||||
#ifdef EINTR
|
||||
if (errno == EINTR)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
total_written += written;
|
||||
ptr += written;
|
||||
len -= written;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return total_written;
|
||||
}
|
||||
9
lib/full-write.h
Normal file
9
lib/full-write.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
size_t full_write PARAMS ((int, const char *, size_t));
|
||||
1115
lib/getdate.y
Normal file
1115
lib/getdate.y
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
335
lib/human.c
Normal file
335
lib/human.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
|
||||
/* human.c -- print human readable file size
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
|
||||
--si, output block size selection, and large file support
|
||||
added by eggert@twinsun.com. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
|
||||
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _(Text) Text
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <argmatch.h>
|
||||
#include <error.h>
|
||||
#include <xstrtol.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "human.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static const char suffixes[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
0, /* not used */
|
||||
'k', /* kilo */
|
||||
'M', /* Mega */
|
||||
'G', /* Giga */
|
||||
'T', /* Tera */
|
||||
'P', /* Peta */
|
||||
'E', /* Exa */
|
||||
'Z', /* Zetta */
|
||||
'Y' /* Yotta */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_even, and if easily
|
||||
possible, adjust VALUE according to the style. */
|
||||
static double
|
||||
adjust_value (enum human_inexact_style inexact_style, double value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do not use the floor or ceil functions, as that would mean
|
||||
linking with the standard math library, which is a porting pain.
|
||||
So leave the value alone if it is too large to easily round. */
|
||||
if (inexact_style != human_round_to_even && value < (uintmax_t) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uintmax_t u = value;
|
||||
value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Like human_readable_inexact, except always round to even. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
|
||||
int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return human_readable_inexact (n, buf, from_block_size, output_block_size,
|
||||
human_round_to_even);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
|
||||
|
||||
N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE. FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
|
||||
be nonnegative.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be nonzero. If it is positive, use units of
|
||||
OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.
|
||||
|
||||
Use INEXACT_STYLE to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor
|
||||
of any result that cannot be expressed exactly.
|
||||
|
||||
If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127k" if
|
||||
possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
|
||||
ordinary decimal format. Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
|
||||
1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2. Most people visually process
|
||||
strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
|
||||
more prone to misinterpretation. Hence, converting to an
|
||||
abbreviated form usually improves readability. Use a suffix
|
||||
indicating which power is being used. For example, assuming
|
||||
-OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
|
||||
133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on. Numbers smaller
|
||||
than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
human_readable_inexact (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
|
||||
int from_block_size, int output_block_size,
|
||||
enum human_inexact_style inexact_style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uintmax_t amt;
|
||||
int base;
|
||||
int to_block_size;
|
||||
int tenths = 0;
|
||||
int power;
|
||||
char *p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* 0 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS;
|
||||
1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
|
||||
2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
|
||||
3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1. */
|
||||
int rounding = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (output_block_size < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = -output_block_size;
|
||||
to_block_size = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = 0;
|
||||
to_block_size = output_block_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
|
||||
*p = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef lint
|
||||
/* Suppress `used before initialized' warning. */
|
||||
power = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
int multiplier;
|
||||
int divisor;
|
||||
int r2;
|
||||
int r10;
|
||||
if (to_block_size <= from_block_size
|
||||
? (from_block_size % to_block_size != 0
|
||||
|| (multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size,
|
||||
(amt = n * multiplier) / multiplier != n))
|
||||
: (from_block_size == 0
|
||||
|| to_block_size % from_block_size != 0
|
||||
|| (divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size,
|
||||
r10 = (n % divisor) * 10,
|
||||
r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2,
|
||||
amt = n / divisor,
|
||||
tenths = r10 / divisor,
|
||||
rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2),
|
||||
0)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
|
||||
or from_block_size is zero. Fall back on floating point.
|
||||
FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off. */
|
||||
|
||||
double damt = n * (from_block_size / (double) to_block_size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (! base)
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "%.0f", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
double e = 1;
|
||||
power = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
e *= base;
|
||||
power++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
damt /= e;
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt),
|
||||
suffixes[power]);
|
||||
if (4 < strlen (buf))
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c",
|
||||
adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10,
|
||||
suffixes[power]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (base && base <= amt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
power = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
int r10 = (amt % base) * 10 + tenths;
|
||||
int r2 = (r10 % base) * 2 + (rounding >> 1);
|
||||
amt /= base;
|
||||
tenths = r10 / base;
|
||||
rounding = (r2 < base
|
||||
? 0 < r2 + rounding
|
||||
: 2 + (base < r2 + rounding));
|
||||
power++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
*--p = suffixes[power];
|
||||
|
||||
if (amt < 10)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (2 * (1 - (int) inexact_style)
|
||||
< rounding + (tenths & (inexact_style == human_round_to_even)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
tenths++;
|
||||
rounding = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (tenths == 10)
|
||||
{
|
||||
amt++;
|
||||
tenths = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (amt < 10)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*--p = '0' + tenths;
|
||||
*--p = '.';
|
||||
tenths = rounding = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (inexact_style == human_ceiling
|
||||
? 0 < tenths + rounding
|
||||
: inexact_style == human_round_to_even
|
||||
? 5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1))
|
||||
: /* inexact_style == human_floor */ 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
amt++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (amt == base && power < sizeof suffixes - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*p = suffixes[power + 1];
|
||||
*--p = '0';
|
||||
*--p = '.';
|
||||
amt = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
*--p = '0' + (int) (amt % 10);
|
||||
while ((amt /= 10) != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The default block size used for output. This number may change in
|
||||
the future as disks get larger. */
|
||||
#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
|
||||
# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
|
||||
static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
default_block_size (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static strtol_error
|
||||
humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
|
||||
*block_size = default_block_size ();
|
||||
else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
|
||||
*block_size = block_size_types[i];
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *ptr;
|
||||
unsigned long val;
|
||||
strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
|
||||
if (e != LONGINT_OK)
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
if (*ptr)
|
||||
return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
|
||||
if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
|
||||
return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
|
||||
*block_size = (int) val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return LONGINT_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
|
||||
if (*block_size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*block_size = default_block_size ();
|
||||
e = LONGINT_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
|
||||
STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
46
lib/human.h
Normal file
46
lib/human.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
#ifndef HUMAN_H_
|
||||
# define HUMAN_H_ 1
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef CHAR_BIT
|
||||
# define CHAR_BIT 8
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
|
||||
The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
|
||||
so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits. */
|
||||
# define LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE ((sizeof (uintmax_t) + sizeof (int)) \
|
||||
* CHAR_BIT / 3)
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum human_inexact_style
|
||||
{
|
||||
human_floor = -1,
|
||||
human_round_to_even = 0,
|
||||
human_ceiling = 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
|
||||
char *human_readable_inexact PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int,
|
||||
enum human_inexact_style));
|
||||
|
||||
void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HUMAN_H_ */
|
||||
9
lib/lchown.h
Normal file
9
lib/lchown.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS. */
|
||||
#ifndef ENOSYS
|
||||
# ifdef ENOTSUP
|
||||
# define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either. */
|
||||
# define ENOSYS ENOMSG
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
445
lib/modechange.c
Normal file
445
lib/modechange.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
|
||||
/* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The ASCII mode string is compiled into a linked list of `struct
|
||||
modechange', which can then be applied to each file to be changed.
|
||||
We do this instead of re-parsing the ASCII string for each file
|
||||
because the compiled form requires less computation to use; when
|
||||
changing the mode of many files, this probably results in a
|
||||
performance gain. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "modechange.h"
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include "xstrtol.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *malloc ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
|
||||
# undef S_ISDIR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
|
||||
# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef S_ISUID
|
||||
# define S_ISUID 04000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_ISGID
|
||||
# define S_ISGID 04000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_ISVTX
|
||||
# define S_ISVTX 01000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IRUSR
|
||||
# define S_IRUSR 0400
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IWUSR
|
||||
# define S_IWUSR 0200
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IXUSR
|
||||
# define S_IXUSR 0100
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IRGRP
|
||||
# define S_IRGRP 0040
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IWGRP
|
||||
# define S_IWGRP 0020
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IXGRP
|
||||
# define S_IXGRP 0010
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IROTH
|
||||
# define S_IROTH 0004
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IWOTH
|
||||
# define S_IWOTH 0002
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IXOTH
|
||||
# define S_IXOTH 0001
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IRWXU
|
||||
# define S_IRWXU 0700
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IRWXG
|
||||
# define S_IRWXG 0070
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef S_IRWXO
|
||||
# define S_IRWXO 0007
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod. */
|
||||
#define CHMOD_MODE_BITS \
|
||||
(S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return newly allocated memory to hold one element of type TYPE. */
|
||||
#define talloc(type) ((type *) malloc (sizeof (type)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
|
||||
mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'. Return the
|
||||
new entry, or NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct mode_change *
|
||||
make_node_op_equals (mode_t new_mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mode_change *p;
|
||||
p = talloc (struct mode_change);
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
p->next = NULL;
|
||||
p->op = '=';
|
||||
p->flags = 0;
|
||||
p->value = new_mode;
|
||||
p->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS; /* Affect all permissions. */
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
|
||||
HEAD and TAIL. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
|
||||
struct mode_change **tail,
|
||||
struct mode_change *e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*head == NULL)
|
||||
*head = *tail = e;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*tail)->next = e;
|
||||
*tail = e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
|
||||
MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
|
||||
specifying an absolute mode, or symbolic mode change operations with
|
||||
the form:
|
||||
[ugoa...][[+-=][rwxXstugo...]...][,...]
|
||||
MASKED_OPS is a bitmask indicating which symbolic mode operators (=+-)
|
||||
should not affect bits set in the umask when no users are given.
|
||||
Operators not selected in MASKED_OPS ignore the umask.
|
||||
|
||||
Return MODE_INVALID if `mode_string' does not contain a valid
|
||||
representation of file mode change operations;
|
||||
return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED if there is insufficient memory. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct mode_change *
|
||||
mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mode_change *head; /* First element of the linked list. */
|
||||
struct mode_change *tail; /* An element of the linked list. */
|
||||
uintmax_t mode_value; /* The mode value, if octal. */
|
||||
char *string_end; /* Pointer to end of parsed value. */
|
||||
mode_t umask_value; /* The umask value (surprise). */
|
||||
|
||||
head = NULL;
|
||||
#ifdef lint
|
||||
tail = NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (xstrtoumax (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mode_change *p;
|
||||
if (mode_value != (mode_value & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
|
||||
return MODE_INVALID;
|
||||
p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
|
||||
mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
|
||||
return head;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
umask_value = umask (0);
|
||||
umask (umask_value); /* Restore the old value. */
|
||||
--mode_string;
|
||||
|
||||
/* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
|
||||
mode_t affected_bits = 0;
|
||||
/* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
|
||||
mode_t affected_masked;
|
||||
/* Operators to actually use umask on. */
|
||||
unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
int who_specified_p;
|
||||
|
||||
affected_bits = 0;
|
||||
ops_to_mask = 0;
|
||||
/* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
|
||||
for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
|
||||
switch (*mode_string)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'u':
|
||||
affected_bits |= S_ISUID | S_IRWXU;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'g':
|
||||
affected_bits |= S_ISGID | S_IRWXG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o':
|
||||
affected_bits |= S_ISVTX | S_IRWXO;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'a':
|
||||
affected_bits |= CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
goto no_more_affected;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
no_more_affected:
|
||||
/* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
|
||||
set in the umask. */
|
||||
if (affected_bits)
|
||||
who_specified_p = 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
who_specified_p = 0;
|
||||
affected_bits = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
|
||||
ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
|
||||
if (change == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mode_free (head);
|
||||
return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
change->next = NULL;
|
||||
change->op = *mode_string; /* One of "=+-". */
|
||||
affected_masked = affected_bits;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
|
||||
`=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first. */
|
||||
if (!who_specified_p &&
|
||||
ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
|
||||
mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
|
||||
: *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
|
||||
: MODE_MASK_MINUS))
|
||||
affected_masked &= ~umask_value;
|
||||
change->affected = affected_masked;
|
||||
change->value = 0;
|
||||
change->flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
|
||||
are performed in the correct order. */
|
||||
mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
|
||||
for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
|
||||
switch (*mode_string)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'r':
|
||||
change->value |= ((S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
|
||||
& affected_masked);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'w':
|
||||
change->value |= ((S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
|
||||
& affected_masked);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'X':
|
||||
change->flags |= MODE_X_IF_ANY_X;
|
||||
/* Fall through. */
|
||||
case 'x':
|
||||
change->value |= ((S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
|
||||
& affected_masked);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
/* Set the setuid/gid bits if `u' or `g' is selected. */
|
||||
change->value |= (S_ISUID | S_ISGID) & affected_masked;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 't':
|
||||
/* Set the "save text image" bit if `o' is selected. */
|
||||
change->value |= S_ISVTX & affected_masked;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'u':
|
||||
/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `u' bits
|
||||
on the same file. */
|
||||
if (change->value)
|
||||
goto invalid;
|
||||
change->value = S_IRWXU;
|
||||
change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'g':
|
||||
/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `g' bits
|
||||
on the same file. */
|
||||
if (change->value)
|
||||
goto invalid;
|
||||
change->value = S_IRWXG;
|
||||
change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o':
|
||||
/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `o' bits
|
||||
on the same file. */
|
||||
if (change->value)
|
||||
goto invalid;
|
||||
change->value = S_IRWXO;
|
||||
change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
goto no_more_values;
|
||||
}
|
||||
no_more_values:;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (*mode_string == ',');
|
||||
if (*mode_string == 0)
|
||||
return head;
|
||||
invalid:
|
||||
mode_free (head);
|
||||
return MODE_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
|
||||
of REF_FILE. Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct mode_change *
|
||||
mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mode_change *change; /* the only change element */
|
||||
struct stat ref_stats;
|
||||
|
||||
if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats))
|
||||
return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE;
|
||||
|
||||
change = talloc (struct mode_change);
|
||||
|
||||
if (change == NULL)
|
||||
return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
|
||||
|
||||
change->op = '=';
|
||||
change->flags = 0;
|
||||
change->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
|
||||
change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
|
||||
change->next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return change;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return file mode OLDMODE, adjusted as indicated by the list of change
|
||||
operations CHANGES. If OLDMODE is a directory, the type `X'
|
||||
change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.
|
||||
The returned value has the S_IFMT bits cleared. */
|
||||
|
||||
mode_t
|
||||
mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mode_t newmode; /* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
|
||||
mode_t value; /* The other operand. */
|
||||
|
||||
newmode = oldmode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; changes; changes = changes->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (changes->flags & MODE_COPY_EXISTING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Isolate in `value' the bits in `newmode' to copy, given in
|
||||
the mask `changes->value'. */
|
||||
value = newmode & changes->value;
|
||||
|
||||
if (changes->value & S_IRWXU)
|
||||
/* Copy `u' permissions onto `g' and `o'. */
|
||||
value |= ((value & S_IRUSR ? S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
|
||||
| (value & S_IWUSR ? S_IWGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
|
||||
| (value & S_IXUSR ? S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH : 0));
|
||||
else if (changes->value & S_IRWXG)
|
||||
/* Copy `g' permissions onto `u' and `o'. */
|
||||
value |= ((value & S_IRGRP ? S_IRUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
|
||||
| (value & S_IWGRP ? S_IWUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
|
||||
| (value & S_IXGRP ? S_IXUSR | S_IXOTH : 0));
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Copy `o' permissions onto `u' and `g'. */
|
||||
value |= ((value & S_IROTH ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
|
||||
| (value & S_IWOTH ? S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
|
||||
| (value & S_IXOTH ? S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP : 0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
|
||||
or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
|
||||
This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
|
||||
to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
|
||||
on the old mode of each file. */
|
||||
value &= changes->affected;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = changes->value;
|
||||
/* If `X', do not affect the execute bits if the file is not a
|
||||
directory and no execute bits are already set. */
|
||||
if ((changes->flags & MODE_X_IF_ANY_X)
|
||||
&& !S_ISDIR (oldmode)
|
||||
&& (newmode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) == 0)
|
||||
/* Clear the execute bits. */
|
||||
value &= ~ (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (changes->op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '=':
|
||||
/* Preserve the previous values in `newmode' of bits that are
|
||||
not affected by this change operation. */
|
||||
newmode = (newmode & ~changes->affected) | value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case '+':
|
||||
newmode |= value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case '-':
|
||||
newmode &= ~value;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newmode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free the memory used by the list of file mode change operations
|
||||
CHANGES. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
mode_free (register struct mode_change *changes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register struct mode_change *next;
|
||||
|
||||
while (changes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
next = changes->next;
|
||||
free (changes);
|
||||
changes = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
||||
/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.
|
||||
Copyright 1999-2001, 2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
@@ -12,7 +12,9 @@
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
||||
02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
52
lib/print-copyr.c
Normal file
52
lib/print-copyr.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/* Print a copyright notice suitable for the current locale.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "unicodeio.h"
|
||||
#include "print-copyr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define COPYRIGHT_SIGN 0x00A9
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print "(C)". */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
print_parenthesized_c (unsigned int code, void *callback_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *stream = callback_arg;
|
||||
return fputs ("(C)", stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print "Copyright (C) " followed by NOTICE and then a newline,
|
||||
transliterating "(C)" to an actual copyright sign (C-in-a-circle)
|
||||
if possible. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
print_copyright (char const *notice)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("Copyright ", stdout);
|
||||
unicode_to_mb (COPYRIGHT_SIGN, print_unicode_success, print_parenthesized_c,
|
||||
stdout);
|
||||
fputc (' ', stdout);
|
||||
puts (notice);
|
||||
}
|
||||
9
lib/print-copyr.h
Normal file
9
lib/print-copyr.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
# ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
void print_copyright PARAMS((char const *));
|
||||
367
lib/quotearg.c
Normal file
367
lib/quotearg.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
|
||||
/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <quotearg.h>
|
||||
#include <xalloc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
|
||||
# define ISASCII(c) 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef isgraph
|
||||
# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
|
||||
# define CHAR_BIT 8
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
|
||||
# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
|
||||
|
||||
struct quoting_options
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Basic quoting style. */
|
||||
enum quoting_style style;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Quote the chararacters indicated by this bit vector even if the
|
||||
quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted. */
|
||||
int quote_these_too[((UCHAR_MAX + 1) / INT_BITS
|
||||
+ ((UCHAR_MAX + 1) % INT_BITS != 0))];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names of quoting styles. */
|
||||
char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"literal",
|
||||
"shell",
|
||||
"shell-always",
|
||||
"c",
|
||||
"escape",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Correspondances to quoting style names. */
|
||||
enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
literal_quoting_style,
|
||||
shell_quoting_style,
|
||||
shell_always_quoting_style,
|
||||
c_quoting_style,
|
||||
escape_quoting_style
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The default quoting options. */
|
||||
static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
|
||||
to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
|
||||
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
|
||||
struct quoting_options *
|
||||
clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct quoting_options *p
|
||||
= (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
|
||||
*p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the value of O's quoting style. If O is null, use the default. */
|
||||
enum quoting_style
|
||||
get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
|
||||
set the value of the quoting style to S. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
|
||||
set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
|
||||
Return the old value. Currently, the only values defined for I are
|
||||
0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
|
||||
it would not otherwise be quoted). */
|
||||
int
|
||||
set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char uc = c;
|
||||
int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
|
||||
int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
|
||||
int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
|
||||
*p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
|
||||
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
|
||||
If O is null, use the default.
|
||||
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
|
||||
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
|
||||
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
|
||||
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
|
||||
If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE. */
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
|
||||
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
|
||||
struct quoting_options const *o)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char c;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
int quote_mark;
|
||||
struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
|
||||
enum quoting_style quoting_style = p->style;
|
||||
#define STORE(c) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (len < buffersize) \
|
||||
buffer[len] = (c); \
|
||||
len++; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
switch (quoting_style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case shell_quoting_style:
|
||||
if (! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (arg[0])
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '#': case '~':
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; ; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
|
||||
goto done;
|
||||
|
||||
c = arg[i];
|
||||
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
|
||||
case '!': /* special in csh */
|
||||
case '"': case '$': case '&': case '\'':
|
||||
case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
|
||||
case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
|
||||
case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
|
||||
case '`': case '|':
|
||||
goto needs_quoting;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS)))
|
||||
goto needs_quoting;
|
||||
|
||||
STORE (c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
needs_quoting:;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Fall through. */
|
||||
|
||||
case shell_always_quoting_style:
|
||||
quote_mark = '\'';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case c_quoting_style:
|
||||
quote_mark = '"';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
quote_mark = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (quote_mark)
|
||||
STORE (quote_mark);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = arg[i];
|
||||
|
||||
switch (quoting_style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case literal_quoting_style:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case shell_quoting_style:
|
||||
case shell_always_quoting_style:
|
||||
if (c == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
STORE ('\'');
|
||||
STORE ('\\');
|
||||
STORE ('\'');
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case c_quoting_style:
|
||||
case escape_quoting_style:
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '?': /* Do not generate trigraphs. */
|
||||
case '\\': goto store_escape;
|
||||
/* Not all C compilers know what \a means. */
|
||||
case 7 : c = 'a'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
case '\b': c = 'b'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
case '\f': c = 'f'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
case '\n': c = 'n'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
case '\r': c = 'r'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
case '\t': c = 't'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
case '\v': c = 'v'; goto store_escape;
|
||||
|
||||
case '"':
|
||||
if (quoting_style == c_quoting_style)
|
||||
goto store_escape;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (!ISGRAPH (c))
|
||||
{
|
||||
STORE ('\\');
|
||||
STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
|
||||
STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
|
||||
c = '0' + (c & 7);
|
||||
goto store_c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (! (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
|
||||
goto store_c;
|
||||
|
||||
store_escape:
|
||||
STORE ('\\');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
store_c:
|
||||
STORE (c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (quote_mark)
|
||||
STORE (quote_mark);
|
||||
|
||||
done:
|
||||
if (len < buffersize)
|
||||
buffer[len] = '\0';
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
|
||||
OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
|
||||
The returned value points to static storage that can be
|
||||
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
|
||||
N must be nonnegative. N is deliberately declared with type `int'
|
||||
to allow for future extensions (using negative values). */
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
|
||||
struct quoting_options const *options)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static unsigned int nslots;
|
||||
static struct slotvec
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
char *val;
|
||||
} *slotvec;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nslots <= n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n1 = n + 1;
|
||||
size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
|
||||
if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
|
||||
memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
|
||||
nslots = n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
|
||||
char *val = slotvec[n].val;
|
||||
size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
|
||||
|
||||
if (size <= qsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
|
||||
slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val, size);
|
||||
quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
quotearg (char const *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return quotearg_n (0, arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct quoting_options options;
|
||||
options = default_quoting_options;
|
||||
set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
|
||||
return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
|
||||
}
|
||||
100
lib/quotearg.h
Normal file
100
lib/quotearg.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Basic quoting styles. */
|
||||
enum quoting_style
|
||||
{
|
||||
literal_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=literal */
|
||||
shell_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=shell */
|
||||
shell_always_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=shell-always */
|
||||
c_quoting_style, /* --quoting-style=c */
|
||||
escape_quoting_style /* --quoting-style=escape */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but
|
||||
this is planned to change to --quoting-style=shell in the future. */
|
||||
#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
|
||||
# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values. */
|
||||
extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
|
||||
extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
|
||||
|
||||
struct quoting_options;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
|
||||
that contains the default quoting style options. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
|
||||
to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
|
||||
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
|
||||
struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
|
||||
PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the value of O's quoting style. If O is null, use the default. */
|
||||
enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
|
||||
|
||||
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
|
||||
set the value of the quoting style to S. */
|
||||
void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
|
||||
enum quoting_style s));
|
||||
|
||||
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
|
||||
set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
|
||||
Return the old value. Currently, the only values defined for I are
|
||||
0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
|
||||
it would not otherwise be quoted). */
|
||||
int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
|
||||
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
|
||||
If O is null, use the default.
|
||||
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
|
||||
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
|
||||
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
|
||||
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
|
||||
If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE. */
|
||||
size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
|
||||
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
|
||||
struct quoting_options const *o));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
|
||||
Use the default quoting options.
|
||||
The returned value points to static storage that can be
|
||||
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
|
||||
N must be nonnegative. */
|
||||
char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG). */
|
||||
char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH. */
|
||||
char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':'). */
|
||||
char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
|
||||
10
lib/safe-read.h
Normal file
10
lib/safe-read.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
ssize_t full_write PARAMS ((int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len));
|
||||
ssize_t safe_read PARAMS ((int desc, void *ptr, size_t len));
|
||||
129
lib/savedir.c
Normal file
129
lib/savedir.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
|
||||
# include <dirent.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define dirent direct
|
||||
# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
|
||||
# include <sys/ndir.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
|
||||
# include <sys/dir.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if HAVE_NDIR_H
|
||||
# include <ndir.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
|
||||
/* Fake a return value. */
|
||||
# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "savedir.h"
|
||||
#include "xalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the filenames
|
||||
in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
|
||||
the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
|
||||
Return NULL (setting errno) if DIR cannot be opened, read, or closed. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT
|
||||
# define NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT 512
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
savedir (const char *dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DIR *dirp;
|
||||
struct dirent *dp;
|
||||
char *name_space;
|
||||
size_t allocated = NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT;
|
||||
size_t used = 0;
|
||||
int save_errno;
|
||||
|
||||
dirp = opendir (dir);
|
||||
if (dirp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
name_space = xmalloc (allocated);
|
||||
|
||||
errno = 0;
|
||||
while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Skip "", ".", and "..". "" is returned by at least one buggy
|
||||
implementation: Solaris 2.4 readdir on NFS filesystems. */
|
||||
char const *entry = dp->d_name;
|
||||
if (entry[entry[0] != '.' ? 0 : entry[1] != '.' ? 1 : 2] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t entry_size = strlen (entry) + 1;
|
||||
if (used + entry_size < used)
|
||||
xalloc_die ();
|
||||
if (allocated <= used + entry_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (2 * allocated < allocated)
|
||||
xalloc_die ();
|
||||
allocated *= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (allocated <= used + entry_size);
|
||||
|
||||
name_space = xrealloc (name_space, allocated);
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy (name_space + used, entry, entry_size);
|
||||
used += entry_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
name_space[used] = '\0';
|
||||
save_errno = errno;
|
||||
if (CLOSEDIR (dirp) != 0)
|
||||
save_errno = errno;
|
||||
if (save_errno != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (name_space);
|
||||
errno = save_errno;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return name_space;
|
||||
}
|
||||
14
lib/savedir.h
Normal file
14
lib/savedir.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
|
||||
# define SAVEDIR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
char *savedir PARAMS ((const char *dir));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* stdopen.c - ensure that the three standard file descriptors are in use
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2005, 2007, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "stdopen.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try to ensure that all of the standard file numbers (0, 1, 2)
|
||||
are in use. Without this, each application would have to guard
|
||||
every call to open, dup, fopen, etc. with tests to ensure they
|
||||
don't use one of the special file numbers when opening a file.
|
||||
Return false if at least one of the file descriptors is initially
|
||||
closed and an attempt to reopen it fails. Otherwise, return true. */
|
||||
bool
|
||||
stdopen (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
bool ok = true;
|
||||
|
||||
for (fd = 0; fd <= 2; fd++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (fcntl (fd, F_GETFD) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (errno != EBADF)
|
||||
ok = false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const int contrary_mode[]
|
||||
= { O_WRONLY, O_RDONLY, O_RDONLY };
|
||||
int mode = contrary_mode[fd];
|
||||
int new_fd;
|
||||
/* Open /dev/null with the contrary mode so that the typical
|
||||
read (stdin) or write (stdout, stderr) operation will fail.
|
||||
With descriptor 0, we can do even better on systems that
|
||||
have /dev/full, by opening that write-only instead of
|
||||
/dev/null. The only drawback is that a write-provoked
|
||||
failure comes with a misleading errno value, ENOSPC. */
|
||||
if (mode == O_RDONLY
|
||||
|| (new_fd = open ("/dev/full", mode) != fd))
|
||||
new_fd = open ("/dev/null", mode);
|
||||
if (new_fd != fd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (0 <= new_fd)
|
||||
close (new_fd);
|
||||
ok = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ok;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#ifndef STDOPEN_H
|
||||
# define STDOPEN_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
# include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
bool stdopen (void);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
100
lib/strtoimax.c
Normal file
100
lib/strtoimax.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
|
||||
Copyright 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime). */
|
||||
#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef UNSIGNED
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
|
||||
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
|
||||
unsigned long strtoul PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
|
||||
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
|
||||
unsigned long long strtoull PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
|
||||
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
|
||||
long strtol PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
|
||||
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
|
||||
long long strtoll PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef UNSIGNED
|
||||
# undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
|
||||
# define HAVE_LONG_LONG HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
|
||||
# define INT uintmax_t
|
||||
# define strtoimax strtoumax
|
||||
# define strtol strtoul
|
||||
# define strtoll strtoull
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define INT intmax_t
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
INT
|
||||
strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
|
||||
verify (size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
|
||||
(sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long)
|
||||
|| sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long long)));
|
||||
|
||||
if (sizeof (INT) != sizeof (long))
|
||||
return strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
verify (size_is_that_of_long,
|
||||
sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
|
||||
}
|
||||
2
lib/strtoumax.c
Normal file
2
lib/strtoumax.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
#define UNSIGNED 1
|
||||
#include "strtoimax.c"
|
||||
259
lib/unicodeio.c
Normal file
259
lib/unicodeio.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
|
||||
/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some systems, like SunOS 4, don't have EILSEQ. On these systems,
|
||||
define EILSEQ to some value other than EINVAL, because our invokers
|
||||
may want to distinguish EINVAL from EILSEQ. */
|
||||
#ifndef EILSEQ
|
||||
# define EILSEQ ENOENT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef ENOTSUP
|
||||
# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET && ! USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
|
||||
# include <langinfo.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "unicodeio.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* When we pass a Unicode character to iconv(), we must pass it in a
|
||||
suitable encoding. The standardized Unicode encodings are
|
||||
UTF-8, UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, UTF-7.
|
||||
UCS-2 supports only characters up to \U0000FFFF.
|
||||
UTF-16 and variants support only characters up to \U0010FFFF.
|
||||
UTF-7 is way too complex and not supported by glibc-2.1.
|
||||
UCS-4 specification leaves doubts about endianness and byte order
|
||||
mark. glibc currently interprets it as big endian without byte order
|
||||
mark, but this is not backed by an RFC.
|
||||
So we use UTF-8. It supports characters up to \U7FFFFFFF and is
|
||||
unambiguously defined. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stores the UTF-8 representation of the Unicode character wc in r[0..5].
|
||||
Returns the number of bytes stored, or -1 if wc is out of range. */
|
||||
static int
|
||||
utf8_wctomb (unsigned char *r, unsigned int wc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count;
|
||||
|
||||
if (wc < 0x80)
|
||||
count = 1;
|
||||
else if (wc < 0x800)
|
||||
count = 2;
|
||||
else if (wc < 0x10000)
|
||||
count = 3;
|
||||
else if (wc < 0x200000)
|
||||
count = 4;
|
||||
else if (wc < 0x4000000)
|
||||
count = 5;
|
||||
else if (wc <= 0x7fffffff)
|
||||
count = 6;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Note: code falls through cases! */
|
||||
case 6: r[5] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x4000000;
|
||||
case 5: r[4] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x200000;
|
||||
case 4: r[3] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x10000;
|
||||
case 3: r[2] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x800;
|
||||
case 2: r[1] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0xc0;
|
||||
case 1: r[0] = wc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Luckily, the encoding's name is platform independent. */
|
||||
#define UTF8_NAME "UTF-8"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Converts the Unicode character CODE to its multibyte representation
|
||||
in the current locale and calls SUCCESS on the resulting byte
|
||||
sequence. If an error occurs, invoke FAILURE instead,
|
||||
passing it CODE with errno set appropriately.
|
||||
Assumes that the locale doesn't change between two calls.
|
||||
Return whatever the SUCCESS or FAILURE returns. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
unicode_to_mb (unsigned int code,
|
||||
int (*success) PARAMS((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
|
||||
void *callback_arg)),
|
||||
int (*failure) PARAMS((unsigned int code,
|
||||
void *callback_arg)),
|
||||
void *callback_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int initialized;
|
||||
static int is_utf8;
|
||||
#if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
static iconv_t utf8_to_local;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
char inbuf[6];
|
||||
int count;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *charset;
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
|
||||
extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
|
||||
charset = locale_charset ();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
charset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
charset = "";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
is_utf8 = !strcmp (charset, UTF8_NAME);
|
||||
#if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
if (!is_utf8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
utf8_to_local = iconv_open (charset, UTF8_NAME);
|
||||
if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* For an unknown encoding, assume ASCII. */
|
||||
utf8_to_local = iconv_open ("ASCII", UTF8_NAME);
|
||||
if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
|
||||
return failure (code, callback_arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert the character to UTF-8. */
|
||||
count = utf8_wctomb ((unsigned char *) inbuf, code);
|
||||
if (count < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EILSEQ;
|
||||
return failure (code, callback_arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (is_utf8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return success (inbuf, count, callback_arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
char outbuf[25];
|
||||
const char *inptr;
|
||||
size_t inbytesleft;
|
||||
char *outptr;
|
||||
size_t outbytesleft;
|
||||
size_t res;
|
||||
|
||||
inptr = inbuf;
|
||||
inbytesleft = count;
|
||||
outptr = outbuf;
|
||||
outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset. */
|
||||
res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
|
||||
(ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
|
||||
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
|
||||
if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
|
||||
/* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert. */
|
||||
# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)
|
||||
|| (res > 0 && code != 0 && outptr - outbuf == 1 && *outbuf == '\0')
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (res != (size_t)(-1))
|
||||
errno = EILSEQ;
|
||||
return failure (code, callback_arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7 bug. */
|
||||
# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
|
||||
|| !((__GLIBC__ - 0 == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ - 0 <= 1) || defined __sun)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get back to the initial shift state. */
|
||||
res = iconv (utf8_to_local, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
|
||||
if (res == (size_t)(-1))
|
||||
return failure (code, callback_arg);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
return success (outbuf, outptr - outbuf, callback_arg);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
errno = ENOTSUP;
|
||||
return failure (code, callback_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
|
||||
The STREAM is passed as callback_arg. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
print_unicode_success (const char *buf, size_t buflen, void *callback_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
|
||||
|
||||
return fwrite (buf, 1, buflen, stream) == 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Simple failure callback that prints an ASCII representation, using
|
||||
the same notation as C99 strings. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
print_unicode_failure (unsigned int code, void *callback_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int e = errno;
|
||||
FILE *stream = callback_arg;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf (stream, code < 0x10000 ? "\\u%04X" : "\\U%08X", code);
|
||||
errno = e;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
|
||||
Returns zero if successful, -1 (setting errno) otherwise.
|
||||
Assumes that the locale doesn't change between two calls. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return unicode_to_mb (code, print_unicode_success, print_unicode_failure,
|
||||
stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
57
lib/unicodeio.h
Normal file
57
lib/unicodeio.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UNICODEIO_H
|
||||
# define UNICODEIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
# include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Converts the Unicode character CODE to its multibyte representation
|
||||
in the current locale and calls the CALLBACK on the resulting byte
|
||||
sequence. If an error occurs, invokes ERROR_CALLBACK instead,
|
||||
passing it CODE with errno set appropriately. Returns whatever the
|
||||
callback returns. */
|
||||
extern int unicode_to_mb
|
||||
PARAMS ((unsigned int code,
|
||||
int (*callback) PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
|
||||
void *callback_arg)),
|
||||
int (*error_callback) PARAMS ((unsigned int code,
|
||||
void * callback_arg)),
|
||||
void *callback_arg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Success callback that outputs the conversion of the character. */
|
||||
extern int print_unicode_success PARAMS((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
|
||||
void *callback_arg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Failure callback that outputs an ASCII representation. */
|
||||
extern int print_unicode_failure PARAMS((unsigned int code,
|
||||
void *callback_arg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
|
||||
Returns -1 (setting errno) if unsuccessful. */
|
||||
extern int print_unicode_char PARAMS((FILE *stream, unsigned int code));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
72
lib/waitpid.c
Normal file
72
lib/waitpid.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
/* Emulate waitpid on systems that just have wait.
|
||||
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
|
||||
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define WAITPID_CHILDREN 8
|
||||
static pid_t waited_pid[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
|
||||
static int waited_status[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
|
||||
|
||||
pid_t
|
||||
waitpid (pid_t pid, int *stat_loc, int options)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
pid_t p;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!options && (pid == -1 || 0 < pid))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If we have already waited for this child, return it immediately. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < WAITPID_CHILDREN; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p = waited_pid[i];
|
||||
if (p && (p == pid || pid == -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
waited_pid[i] = 0;
|
||||
goto success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The child has not returned yet; wait for it, accumulating status. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < WAITPID_CHILDREN; i++)
|
||||
if (! waited_pid[i])
|
||||
{
|
||||
p = wait (&waited_status[i]);
|
||||
if (p < 0)
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
if (p == pid || pid == -1)
|
||||
goto success;
|
||||
waited_pid[i] = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We cannot emulate this wait call, e.g. because of too many children. */
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
success:
|
||||
if (stat_loc)
|
||||
*stat_loc = waited_status[i];
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
1628
lib/wordsplit.c
1628
lib/wordsplit.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
162
lib/wordsplit.h
162
lib/wordsplit.h
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* wordsplit - a word splitter
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
|
||||
with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WORDSPLIT_H
|
||||
#define __WORDSPLIT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct wordsplit
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t ws_wordc;
|
||||
char **ws_wordv;
|
||||
size_t ws_offs;
|
||||
size_t ws_wordn;
|
||||
int ws_flags;
|
||||
const char *ws_delim;
|
||||
const char *ws_comment;
|
||||
const char *ws_escape;
|
||||
void (*ws_alloc_die) (struct wordsplit * wsp);
|
||||
void (*ws_error) (const char *, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2)));
|
||||
void (*ws_debug) (const char *, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2)));
|
||||
|
||||
const char **ws_env;
|
||||
const char *(*ws_getvar) (const char *, size_t, void *);
|
||||
void *ws_closure;
|
||||
|
||||
const char *ws_input;
|
||||
size_t ws_len;
|
||||
size_t ws_endp;
|
||||
int ws_errno;
|
||||
struct wordsplit_node *ws_head, *ws_tail;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wordsplit flags. Only 2 bits of a 32-bit word remain unused.
|
||||
It is getting crowded... */
|
||||
/* Append the words found to the array resulting from a previous
|
||||
call. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_APPEND 0x00000001
|
||||
/* Insert we_offs initial NULLs in the array ws_wordv.
|
||||
(These are not counted in the returned ws_wordc.) */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_DOOFFS 0x00000002
|
||||
/* Don't do command substitution. Reserved for future use. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_NOCMD 0x00000004
|
||||
/* The parameter p resulted from a previous call to
|
||||
wordsplit(), and wordsplit_free() was not called. Reuse the
|
||||
allocated storage. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_REUSE 0x00000008
|
||||
/* Print errors */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_SHOWERR 0x00000010
|
||||
/* Consider it an error if an undefined shell variable
|
||||
is expanded. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_UNDEF 0x00000020
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't do variable expansion. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_NOVAR 0x00000040
|
||||
/* Abort on ENOMEM error */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_ENOMEMABRT 0x00000080
|
||||
/* Trim off any leading and trailind whitespace */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_WS 0x00000100
|
||||
/* Handle single quotes */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_SQUOTE 0x00000200
|
||||
/* Handle double quotes */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_DQUOTE 0x00000400
|
||||
/* Handle quotes and escape directives */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_QUOTE (WRDSF_SQUOTE|WRDSF_DQUOTE)
|
||||
/* Replace each input sequence of repeated delimiters with a single
|
||||
delimiter */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_SQUEEZE_DELIMS 0x00000800
|
||||
/* Return delimiters */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_RETURN_DELIMS 0x00001000
|
||||
/* Treat sed expressions as words */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_SED_EXPR 0x00002000
|
||||
/* ws_delim field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_DELIM 0x00004000
|
||||
/* ws_comment field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_COMMENT 0x00008000
|
||||
/* ws_alloc_die field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_ALLOC_DIE 0x00010000
|
||||
/* ws_error field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_ERROR 0x00020000
|
||||
/* ws_debug field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_DEBUG 0x00040000
|
||||
/* ws_env field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_ENV 0x00080000
|
||||
/* ws_getvar field is initialized */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_GETVAR 0x00100000
|
||||
/* enable debugging */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_SHOWDBG 0x00200000
|
||||
/* Don't split input into words. Useful for side effects. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_NOSPLIT 0x00400000
|
||||
/* Keep undefined variables in place, instead of expanding them to
|
||||
empty string */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_KEEPUNDEF 0x00800000
|
||||
/* Warn about undefined variables */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_WARNUNDEF 0x01000000
|
||||
/* Handle C escapes */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_CESCAPES 0x02000000
|
||||
|
||||
/* ws_closure is set */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_CLOSURE 0x04000000
|
||||
/* ws_env is a Key/Value environment, i.e. the value of a variable is
|
||||
stored in the element that follows its name. */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_ENV_KV 0x08000000
|
||||
|
||||
/* ws_escape is set */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_ESCAPE 0x10000000
|
||||
|
||||
/* Incremental mode */
|
||||
#define WRDSF_INCREMENTAL 0x20000000
|
||||
|
||||
#define WRDSF_DEFFLAGS \
|
||||
(WRDSF_NOVAR | WRDSF_NOCMD | \
|
||||
WRDSF_QUOTE | WRDSF_SQUEEZE_DELIMS | WRDSF_CESCAPES)
|
||||
|
||||
#define WRDSE_EOF 0
|
||||
#define WRDSE_QUOTE 1
|
||||
#define WRDSE_NOSPACE 2
|
||||
#define WRDSE_NOSUPP 3
|
||||
#define WRDSE_USAGE 4
|
||||
#define WRDSE_CBRACE 5
|
||||
#define WRDSE_UNDEF 6
|
||||
#define WRDSE_NOINPUT 7
|
||||
|
||||
int wordsplit (const char *s, struct wordsplit *p, int flags);
|
||||
int wordsplit_len (const char *s, size_t len,
|
||||
struct wordsplit *p, int flags);
|
||||
void wordsplit_free (struct wordsplit *p);
|
||||
void wordsplit_free_words (struct wordsplit *ws);
|
||||
|
||||
int wordsplit_c_unquote_char (int c);
|
||||
int wordsplit_c_quote_char (int c);
|
||||
size_t wordsplit_c_quoted_length (const char *str, int quote_hex,
|
||||
int *quote);
|
||||
void wordsplit_general_unquote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, size_t n,
|
||||
const char *escapable);
|
||||
void wordsplit_sh_unquote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
|
||||
void wordsplit_c_unquote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
|
||||
void wordsplit_c_quote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, int quote_hex);
|
||||
|
||||
void wordsplit_perror (struct wordsplit *ws);
|
||||
const char *wordsplit_strerror (struct wordsplit *ws);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
87
lib/xalloc.h
Normal file
87
lib/xalloc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef XALLOC_H_
|
||||
# define XALLOC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef __attribute__
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
|
||||
# define __attribute__(x)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
|
||||
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
|
||||
It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
|
||||
some other value. */
|
||||
extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
|
||||
allocation failure. It is initialized to zero. */
|
||||
extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
|
||||
message is output. It is translated via gettext.
|
||||
Its value is "memory exhausted". */
|
||||
extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted. It is
|
||||
in charge of honoring the three previous items. This is the
|
||||
function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
|
||||
memory allocation failure. */
|
||||
extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
|
||||
|
||||
void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
|
||||
void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
|
||||
void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
|
||||
char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
|
||||
|
||||
# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
|
||||
# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
|
||||
# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
|
||||
((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
|
||||
# define NEW(Type, Var) Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
|
||||
# define XFREE(Var) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if (Var) \
|
||||
free (Var); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
|
||||
# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
|
||||
(memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
|
||||
# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
|
||||
110
lib/xattr-at.c
110
lib/xattr-at.c
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* openat-style fd-relative functions for operating with extended file
|
||||
attributes.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "xattr-at.h"
|
||||
#include "openat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "dirname.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
|
||||
#include "save-cwd.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "openat-priv.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* setxattrat */
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_NAME setxattrat
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_F1 setxattr
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , const char *name, const void *value \
|
||||
, size_t size, int flags
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , name, value, size, flags
|
||||
#include "at-func.c"
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_F1
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
|
||||
|
||||
/* lsetxattrat */
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_NAME lsetxattrat
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_F1 lsetxattr
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , const char *name, const void *value \
|
||||
, size_t size, int flags
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , name, value, size, flags
|
||||
#include "at-func.c"
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_F1
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
|
||||
|
||||
/* getxattrat */
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_NAME getxattrat
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_F1 getxattr
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , const char *name, void *value \
|
||||
, size_t size
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , name, value, size
|
||||
#include "at-func.c"
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_F1
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
|
||||
|
||||
/* lgetxattrat */
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_NAME lgetxattrat
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_F1 lgetxattr
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , const char *name, void *value \
|
||||
, size_t size
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , name, value, size
|
||||
#include "at-func.c"
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_F1
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
|
||||
|
||||
/* listxattrat */
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_NAME listxattrat
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_F1 listxattr
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char *list , size_t size
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , list , size
|
||||
#include "at-func.c"
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_F1
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
|
||||
|
||||
/* llistxattrat */
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_NAME llistxattrat
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_F1 llistxattr
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char *list , size_t size
|
||||
#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , list , size
|
||||
#include "at-func.c"
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_F1
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
|
||||
#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
|
||||
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Prototypes for openat-style fd-relative functions for operating with
|
||||
extended file attributes.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef XATTRS_AT_H
|
||||
#define XATTRS_AT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <attr/xattr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are the dir-fd-relative variants of the functions without the
|
||||
"at" suffix. For example, setxattrat (AT_FDCWD, path, name, value, size,
|
||||
flags &c) is usually equivalent to setxattr (file, name, value, size,
|
||||
flags). For more info use the setxattr(2), getxattr(2) or listxattr(2)
|
||||
manpages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* dir-fd-relative setxattr. Operation sets the VALUE of the extended
|
||||
attribute identified by NAME and associated with the given PATH in the
|
||||
filesystem relatively to directory identified by DIR_FD. See the
|
||||
setxattr(2) manpage for the description of all parameters. */
|
||||
int setxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
|
||||
const void *value, size_t size, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dir-fd-relative lsetxattr. This function is just like setxattrat,
|
||||
except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink: lsetxattrat operates on the
|
||||
symlink, while the setxattrat operates on the referent of the symlink. */
|
||||
int lsetxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
|
||||
const void *value, size_t size, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dir-fd-relative getxattr. Operation gets the VALUE of the extended
|
||||
attribute idenfified by NAME and associated with the given PATH in the
|
||||
filesystem relatively to directory identified by DIR_FD. For more info
|
||||
about all parameters see the getxattr(2) manpage. */
|
||||
ssize_t getxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
|
||||
void *value, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dir-fd-relative lgetxattr. This function is just like getxattrat,
|
||||
except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink: lgetxattrat operates on the
|
||||
symlink, while the getxattrat operates on the referent of the symlink. */
|
||||
ssize_t lgetxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
|
||||
void *value, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dir-fd-relative listxattr. Obtain the list of extended attrubtes names. For
|
||||
more info see the listxattr(2) manpage. */
|
||||
ssize_t listxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dir-fd-relative llistxattr. This function is just like listxattrat,
|
||||
except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink: llistxattr operates on the
|
||||
symlink, while the listxattrat operates on the referent of the symlink. */
|
||||
ssize_t llistxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* XATTRS_AT_H */
|
||||
79
lib/xgetcwd.c
Normal file
79
lib/xgetcwd.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
/* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||
char *getcwd ();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getwd ();
|
||||
# define getcwd(Buf, Max) getwd (Buf)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "xalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the current directory, newly allocated, arbitrarily long.
|
||||
Return NULL and set errno on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
xgetcwd ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
|
||||
return getcwd (NULL, 0);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t buf_size = 128; /* must be a power of 2 */
|
||||
char *buf = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *cwd;
|
||||
buf = (char *) xrealloc (buf, buf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
cwd = getcwd (buf, buf_size);
|
||||
if (cwd != NULL)
|
||||
return cwd;
|
||||
if (errno != ERANGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (buf);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
buf_size *= 2;
|
||||
if (buf_size == 0)
|
||||
xalloc_die ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
116
lib/xmalloc.c
Normal file
116
lib/xmalloc.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
|
||||
/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void *calloc ();
|
||||
void *malloc ();
|
||||
void *realloc ();
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define textdomain(Domain)
|
||||
# define _(Text) Text
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define N_(Text) Text
|
||||
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
#include "xalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
|
||||
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
|
||||
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
|
||||
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
|
||||
The caller may set it to some other value. */
|
||||
int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
|
||||
void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
|
||||
before exiting when memory is exhausted. Goes through gettext. */
|
||||
char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
xalloc_die (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (xalloc_fail_func)
|
||||
(*xalloc_fail_func) ();
|
||||
error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
|
||||
/* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
|
||||
its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand the
|
||||
xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
|
||||
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
xmalloc (size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *p;
|
||||
|
||||
p = malloc (n);
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
xalloc_die ();
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
|
||||
with error checking. */
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p = realloc (p, n);
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
xalloc_die ();
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *p;
|
||||
|
||||
p = calloc (n, s);
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
xalloc_die ();
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
288
lib/xstrtol.c
Normal file
288
lib/xstrtol.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
|
||||
/* A more useful interface to strtol.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __strtol
|
||||
# define __strtol strtol
|
||||
# define __strtol_t long int
|
||||
# define __xstrtol xstrtol
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
|
||||
need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled. */
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
|
||||
# define CHAR_BIT 8
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs. */
|
||||
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
|
||||
/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
|
||||
It is necessary at least when t == time_t. */
|
||||
#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
|
||||
? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
|
||||
#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
|
||||
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
|
||||
|
||||
#include "xstrtol.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL && !defined strtol
|
||||
long int strtol ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL && !defined strtoul
|
||||
unsigned long int strtoul ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX && !defined strtoimax
|
||||
intmax_t strtoimax ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX && !defined strtoumax
|
||||
uintmax_t strtoumax ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__strtol_t product = *x * scale_factor;
|
||||
if (*x != product / scale_factor)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
*x = product;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (power--)
|
||||
if (bkm_scale (x, base))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* FIXME: comment. */
|
||||
|
||||
strtol_error
|
||||
__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
|
||||
__strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *t_ptr;
|
||||
char **p;
|
||||
__strtol_t tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
|
||||
|
||||
p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *q = s;
|
||||
while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
|
||||
++q;
|
||||
if (*q == '-')
|
||||
return LONGINT_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
errno = 0;
|
||||
tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
|
||||
if (errno != 0)
|
||||
return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
|
||||
if (*p == s)
|
||||
return LONGINT_INVALID;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'. */
|
||||
/* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
|
||||
after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'. */
|
||||
if (!valid_suffixes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*val = tmp;
|
||||
return LONGINT_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (**p != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
int base = 1024;
|
||||
int suffixes = 1;
|
||||
int overflow;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
|
||||
{
|
||||
*val = tmp;
|
||||
return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
|
||||
an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
|
||||
the base, e.g. "100MD" for 100 megabytes decimal. */
|
||||
|
||||
switch (p[0][1])
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'B':
|
||||
suffixes++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'D':
|
||||
base = 1000;
|
||||
suffixes++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (**p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'b':
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'B':
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
overflow = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'E': /* Exa */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'G': /* Giga */
|
||||
case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'k': /* kilo */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'M': /* Mega */
|
||||
case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'P': /* Peta */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'T': /* Tera */
|
||||
case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'w':
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'Y': /* Yotta */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'Z': /* Zetta */
|
||||
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
*val = tmp;
|
||||
return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (overflow)
|
||||
return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
|
||||
|
||||
(*p) += suffixes;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*val = tmp;
|
||||
return LONGINT_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
|
||||
|
||||
# include <stdio.h>
|
||||
# include "error.h"
|
||||
|
||||
char *program_name;
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (int argc, char** argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strtol_error s_err;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
program_name = argv[0];
|
||||
for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *p;
|
||||
__strtol_t val;
|
||||
|
||||
s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
|
||||
if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("%s->%lu (%s)\n", argv[i], val, p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (argv[i], "arg", s_err);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */
|
||||
82
lib/xstrtol.h
Normal file
82
lib/xstrtol.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
/* A more useful interface to strtol.
|
||||
Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
|
||||
# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h> /* for uintmax_t */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
|
||||
enum strtol_error
|
||||
{
|
||||
LONGINT_OK, LONGINT_INVALID, LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR, LONGINT_OVERFLOW
|
||||
};
|
||||
typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
|
||||
strtol_error \
|
||||
name PARAMS ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base, \
|
||||
type *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
|
||||
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
|
||||
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
|
||||
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoimax, intmax_t)
|
||||
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
|
||||
|
||||
# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
switch ((Err)) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
case LONGINT_OK: \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
\
|
||||
case LONGINT_INVALID: \
|
||||
error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'", \
|
||||
(Argument_type_string), (Str)); \
|
||||
break; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR: \
|
||||
error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s in `%s'", \
|
||||
(Argument_type_string), (Str)); \
|
||||
break; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
case LONGINT_OVERFLOW: \
|
||||
error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' too large", \
|
||||
(Argument_type_string), (Str)); \
|
||||
break; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err) \
|
||||
_STRTOL_ERROR (2, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
|
||||
|
||||
# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err) \
|
||||
_STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */
|
||||
33
m4/Makefile.am
Normal file
33
m4/Makefile.am
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
c-bs-a.m4 \
|
||||
ccstdc.m4 \
|
||||
check-decl.m4 \
|
||||
codeset.m4 \
|
||||
d-ino.m4 \
|
||||
decl.m4 \
|
||||
error.m4 \
|
||||
fnmatch.m4 \
|
||||
getcwd.m4 \
|
||||
getline.m4 \
|
||||
gettext.m4 \
|
||||
glibc21.m4 \
|
||||
iconv.m4 \
|
||||
inttypes.m4 \
|
||||
jm-mktime.m4 \
|
||||
lcmessage.m4 \
|
||||
longlong.m4 \
|
||||
malloc.m4 \
|
||||
mbrtowc.m4 \
|
||||
mbstate_t.m4 \
|
||||
prereq.m4 \
|
||||
progtest.m4 \
|
||||
realloc.m4 \
|
||||
strerror_r.m4 \
|
||||
ulonglong.m4 \
|
||||
utimbuf.m4 \
|
||||
utime.m4 \
|
||||
utimes.m4 \
|
||||
xstrtoimax.m4 \
|
||||
xstrtoumax.m4
|
||||
23
m4/c-bs-a.m4
Normal file
23
m4/c-bs-a.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
#serial 4
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Paul Eggert.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
|
||||
[
|
||||
#if '\a' == 'a'
|
||||
syntax error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
char buf['\a' == 'a' ? -1 : 1];
|
||||
buf[0] = '\a';
|
||||
return buf[0] != "\a"[0];
|
||||
],
|
||||
ac_cv_c_backslash_a=yes,
|
||||
ac_cv_c_backslash_a=no)])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_c_backslash_a = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A, 1,
|
||||
[Define if backslash-a works in C strings.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
95
m4/ccstdc.m4
Normal file
95
m4/ccstdc.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
# The following is taken from automake 1.4,
|
||||
# except that it prefers the compiler option -Ae to "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
|
||||
# because only the former supports 64-bit integral types on HP-UX 10.20.
|
||||
|
||||
## ----------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
## ANSIfy the C compiler whenever possible. ##
|
||||
## From Franc,ois Pinard ##
|
||||
## ----------------------------------------- ##
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 2
|
||||
|
||||
# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
|
||||
# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
|
||||
# @ovindex CC
|
||||
# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
|
||||
# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries various
|
||||
# options that select ANSI C on some system or another. It considers the
|
||||
# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
|
||||
# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
|
||||
# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}. If you wrote your source
|
||||
# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
|
||||
# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
|
||||
# @end defmac
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
|
||||
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
|
||||
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_CONST])
|
||||
dnl Force this before AC_PROG_CPP. Some cpp's, eg on HPUX, require
|
||||
dnl a magic option to avoid problems with ANSI preprocessor commands
|
||||
dnl like #elif.
|
||||
dnl FIXME: can't do this because then AC_AIX won't work due to a
|
||||
dnl circular dependency.
|
||||
dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
|
||||
[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
|
||||
ac_save_CC="$CC"
|
||||
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
|
||||
# breaks some systems' header files.
|
||||
# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
|
||||
# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
|
||||
# HP-UX -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
|
||||
# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
|
||||
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
|
||||
do
|
||||
CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
|
||||
[#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
|
||||
struct buf { int x; };
|
||||
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
|
||||
static char *e (p, i)
|
||||
char **p;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return p[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *s;
|
||||
va_list v;
|
||||
va_start (v,p);
|
||||
s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
|
||||
va_end (v);
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
int test (int i, double x);
|
||||
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
|
||||
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
|
||||
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char **argv;
|
||||
], [
|
||||
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
|
||||
],
|
||||
[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
|
||||
done
|
||||
CC="$ac_save_CC"
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test -z "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([none needed])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
|
||||
x|xno) ;;
|
||||
*) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
])
|
||||
37
m4/decl.m4
Normal file
37
m4/decl.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
#serial 5
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLARATION,
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $1 is declared])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_func_decl_$1,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE($2,
|
||||
[
|
||||
#ifndef $1
|
||||
char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) $1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
],
|
||||
eval "jm_cv_func_decl_$1=yes",
|
||||
eval "jm_cv_func_decl_$1=no")])
|
||||
|
||||
if eval "test \"`echo '$jm_cv_func_decl_'$1`\" = yes"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
ifelse([$4], , , [$4
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
dnl jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS(INCLUDES, FUNCTION... [, ACTION-IF-DECLARED
|
||||
dnl [, ACTION-IF-NOT-DECLARED]])
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS,
|
||||
[
|
||||
for jm_func in $2
|
||||
do
|
||||
jm_CHECK_DECLARATION($jm_func, $1,
|
||||
[
|
||||
jm_tr_func=HAVE_DECL_`echo $jm_func | tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($jm_tr_func) $3], $4)dnl
|
||||
done
|
||||
])
|
||||
13
m4/error.m4
Normal file
13
m4/error.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
#serial 4
|
||||
|
||||
dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
|
||||
dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror vprintf doprnt)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror])
|
||||
AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
])
|
||||
24
m4/fnmatch.m4
Normal file
24
m4/fnmatch.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
dnl This is a copy of autoconf 2.13, except we also check that
|
||||
dnl FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR works.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
undefine([AC_FUNC_FNMATCH])
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AC_FUNC_FNMATCH,
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working GNU-style fnmatch, ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works,
|
||||
# Some versions of Solaris, SCO, and the GNU C Library
|
||||
# have a broken or incompatible fnmatch.
|
||||
# So we run a test program. If we are cross-compiling, take no chance.
|
||||
# Thanks to John Oleynick, Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert for this test.
|
||||
[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <fnmatch.h>
|
||||
main() {
|
||||
exit (fnmatch ("a*", "abc", 0) != 0
|
||||
|| fnmatch("d*/*1", "d/s/1", FNM_FILE_NAME) != FNM_NOMATCH
|
||||
|| fnmatch("*", "x", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0
|
||||
|| fnmatch("x*", "x/y/z", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0
|
||||
|| fnmatch("*c*", "c/x", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0);
|
||||
}],
|
||||
ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=yes, ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=no,
|
||||
ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=no)])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FNMATCH)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
53
m4/getcwd.m4
Normal file
53
m4/getcwd.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
# getcwd.m4 - check whether getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
# Written by Paul Eggert.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETCWD_NULL],
|
||||
[AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h unistd.h)
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result],
|
||||
[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null],
|
||||
[AC_TRY_RUN(
|
||||
[
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef getcwd
|
||||
char *getcwd ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chdir ("/") != 0)
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *f = getcwd (NULL, 0);
|
||||
exit (! (f && f[0] == '/' && !f[1]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}],
|
||||
[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=yes],
|
||||
[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=no],
|
||||
[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=no])])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_func_getcwd_null = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETCWD_NULL, 1,
|
||||
[Define if getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result.])
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
368
m4/gettext.m4
Normal file
368
m4/gettext.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
|
||||
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
|
||||
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
|
||||
# functionality.
|
||||
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
|
||||
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 10
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Usage: AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]).
|
||||
dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
|
||||
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
|
||||
dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
|
||||
dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library
|
||||
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
|
||||
dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
|
||||
dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
|
||||
dnl will be ignored.
|
||||
dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
|
||||
dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
|
||||
dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
|
||||
dnl and used.
|
||||
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
|
||||
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
|
||||
dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
|
||||
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
|
||||
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
|
||||
dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
|
||||
dnl Catalog format: none
|
||||
dnl Catalog extension: none
|
||||
dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
|
||||
dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
|
||||
dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
|
||||
dnl maintainers.
|
||||
dnl
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_WITH_NLS],
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
|
||||
dnl Default is enabled NLS
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
|
||||
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
|
||||
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
|
||||
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||
INTLLIBS=
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
|
||||
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
|
||||
is requested.])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
|
||||
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
|
||||
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
|
||||
dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
|
||||
dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=NONE
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
|
||||
define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc])
|
||||
define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
|
||||
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
|
||||
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
|
||||
[gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
|
||||
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
|
||||
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
|
||||
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
|
||||
dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
|
||||
dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
|
||||
dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
|
||||
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
|
||||
[Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone
|
||||
dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with
|
||||
dnl libiconv.
|
||||
INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
|
||||
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Search for GNU xgettext in the PATH.
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
|
||||
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||
dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
|
||||
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV"
|
||||
LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
|
||||
dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
|
||||
if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
|
||||
dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
|
||||
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||
if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
: ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||
[found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
|
||||
GMSGFMT=":"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
|
||||
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
|
||||
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
|
||||
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
|
||||
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
: ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||
[found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
|
||||
XGETTEXT=":"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
|
||||
POSUB=po
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
|
||||
[for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
|
||||
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in
|
||||
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
|
||||
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
|
||||
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
|
||||
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
|
||||
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
|
||||
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
|
||||
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
|
||||
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
|
||||
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
|
||||
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
|
||||
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
|
||||
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
|
||||
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
|
||||
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
|
||||
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
|
||||
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
|
||||
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
|
||||
dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
|
||||
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
|
||||
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
|
||||
dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
|
||||
dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
|
||||
dnl compile.
|
||||
dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
|
||||
dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
|
||||
dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
|
||||
dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
|
||||
dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
|
||||
dnl present or too old.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
|
||||
if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
|
||||
ac_verc_fail=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
dnl Found it, now check the version.
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
|
||||
changequote(<<,>>)dnl
|
||||
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison .* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
|
||||
case $ac_prog_version in
|
||||
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
|
||||
1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
|
||||
changequote([,])dnl
|
||||
ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
|
||||
*) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
|
||||
INTLBISON=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
|
||||
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
|
||||
dnl in configure.in.
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
|
||||
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
|
||||
GENCAT=gencat
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
|
||||
stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \
|
||||
getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \
|
||||
strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
|
||||
|
||||
AM_ICONV
|
||||
AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
AM_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
|
||||
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
|
||||
LINGUAS=
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
|
||||
NEW_LINGUAS=
|
||||
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
useit=no
|
||||
for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
|
||||
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
|
||||
# a. equal to presentlang, or
|
||||
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
|
||||
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
|
||||
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
|
||||
case "$desiredlang" in
|
||||
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test $useit = yes; then
|
||||
NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
|
||||
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
|
||||
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
|
||||
dnl Try to locate is.
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS=
|
||||
if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
|
||||
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
|
||||
])
|
||||
32
m4/inttypes.m4
Normal file
32
m4/inttypes.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
#serial 6
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Paul Eggert.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.52)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define intmax_t to long or long long if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(intmax_t, ,
|
||||
[test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes \
|
||||
&& ac_type='long long' \
|
||||
|| ac_type='long'
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(intmax_t, $ac_type,
|
||||
[Define to widest signed type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Define uintmax_t to unsigned long or unsigned long long
|
||||
# if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(uintmax_t, ,
|
||||
[test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
|
||||
&& ac_type='unsigned long long' \
|
||||
|| ac_type='unsigned long'
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
|
||||
[Define to widest unsigned type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])])
|
||||
])
|
||||
19
m4/mbrtowc.m4
Normal file
19
m4/mbrtowc.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
#serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Paul Eggert
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC,
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_func_mbrtowc,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK(
|
||||
[#include <wchar.h>],
|
||||
[mbstate_t state; return ! (sizeof state && mbrtowc);],
|
||||
[jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes],
|
||||
[jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=no])])
|
||||
if test $jm_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBRTOWC, 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
29
m4/mbstate_t.m4
Normal file
29
m4/mbstate_t.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
# serial 9
|
||||
|
||||
# From Paul Eggert.
|
||||
|
||||
# BeOS 5 has <wchar.h> but does not define mbstate_t,
|
||||
# so you can't declare an object of that type.
|
||||
# Check for this incompatibility with Standard C.
|
||||
|
||||
# Include stdlib.h first, because otherwise this test would fail on Linux
|
||||
# (at least glibc-2.1.3) because the "_XOPEN_SOURCE 500" definition elicits
|
||||
# a syntax error in wchar.h due to the use of undefined __int32_t.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_MBSTATE_T],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for mbstate_t], ac_cv_type_mbstate_t,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <wchar.h>],
|
||||
[mbstate_t x; return sizeof x;],
|
||||
ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=yes,
|
||||
ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=no)])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_type_mbstate_t = no; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(mbstate_t, int,
|
||||
[Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define.])
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
141
m4/prereq.m4
Normal file
141
m4/prereq.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
||||
#serial 21
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
|
||||
dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ],
|
||||
[
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_ERROR
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_HASH
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_REGEX
|
||||
jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME # called by mkstemp
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl For addext.c.
|
||||
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pathconf)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h string.h unistd.h)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl Add any libraries as early as possible.
|
||||
dnl In particular, inet_ntoa needs -lnsl at least on Solaris5.5.1,
|
||||
dnl so we have to add -lnsl to LIBS before checking for that function.
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(gethostbyname, [inet nsl])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These come from -lnsl on Solaris5.5.1.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h netdb.h sys/socket.h \
|
||||
netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE],
|
||||
[
|
||||
jm_FUNC_FNMATCH
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdbool.h)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HASH],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h stdbool.h)
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use human.c, you need the following files:
|
||||
# inttypes.m4 ulonglong.m4
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HUMAN],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint)
|
||||
jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stddef.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
|
||||
AC_MBSTATE_T
|
||||
AM_C_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_READUTMP],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h utmp.h utmpx.h sys/param.h)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(utmpname)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(utmpxname)
|
||||
AM_C_PROTOTYPES
|
||||
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_header_utmp_h = yes || test $ac_cv_header_utmpx_h = yes; then
|
||||
utmp_includes="\
|
||||
$ac_includes_default
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
|
||||
# include <utmpx.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
|
||||
# include <utmp.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
"
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_user],,,[$utmp_includes])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_user],,,[$utmp_includes])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_name],,,[$utmp_includes])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_name],,,[$utmp_includes])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_type],,,[$utmp_includes])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_type],,,[$utmp_includes])
|
||||
AC_LIBOBJ(readutmp)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_REGEX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Maybe provide a btowc replacement someday: solaris-2.5.1 lacks it.
|
||||
dnl FIXME: Check for wctype and iswctype, and and add -lw if necessary
|
||||
dnl to get them.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bzero bcopy isascii btowc)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(alloca.h libintl.h wctype.h wchar.h)
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STAT
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/time.h stdint.h unistd.h)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(__secure_getenv gettimeofday)
|
||||
])
|
||||
59
m4/strerror_r.m4
Normal file
59
m4/strerror_r.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
#serial 1003
|
||||
# Experimental replacement for the function in the latest CVS autoconf.
|
||||
# Use with the error.c file in ../lib.
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
undefine([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R])
|
||||
|
||||
# AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
|
||||
# ------------------
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R],
|
||||
[AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror_r])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strerror_r])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether strerror_r returns char *],
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p,
|
||||
[
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=no
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r = yes; then
|
||||
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
|
||||
[[
|
||||
char buf[100];
|
||||
char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
|
||||
char *p = strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
|
||||
]])],
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes)
|
||||
else
|
||||
# strerror_r is not declared. Choose between
|
||||
# systems that have relatively inaccessible declarations for the
|
||||
# function. BeOS and DEC UNIX 4.0 fall in this category, but the
|
||||
# former has a strerror_r that returns char*, while the latter
|
||||
# has a strerror_r that returns `int'.
|
||||
# This test should segfault on the DEC system.
|
||||
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
|
||||
extern char *strerror_r ();],
|
||||
[[char buf[100];
|
||||
char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
|
||||
exit (!isalpha (x));]])],
|
||||
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes, , :)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([STRERROR_R_CHAR_P], 1,
|
||||
[Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])# AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
|
||||
19
m4/uintmax_t.m4
Normal file
19
m4/uintmax_t.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
#serial 6
|
||||
|
||||
dnl From Paul Eggert.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
|
||||
# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPE(uintmax_t, ,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
|
||||
&& ac_type='unsigned long long' \
|
||||
|| ac_type='unsigned long'
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
|
||||
[Define to the widest unsigned type if standard headers do not declare.])])
|
||||
])
|
||||
41
m4/xstrtoimax.m4
Normal file
41
m4/xstrtoimax.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
#serial 2
|
||||
dnl Cloned from xstrtoumax.m4. Keep these files in sync.
|
||||
|
||||
# autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoimax.c
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOIMAX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtol, strtoul, strtoll, strtoimax, strtoumax])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h inttypes.h)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoimax as a macro],
|
||||
jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro,
|
||||
AC_EGREP_CPP([inttypes_h_defines_strtoimax], [#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#ifdef strtoimax
|
||||
inttypes_h_defines_strtoimax
|
||||
#endif],
|
||||
jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro=yes,
|
||||
jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro=no))
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro" != yes; then
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoimax)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Only the replacement strtoimax invokes strtol and strtoll,
|
||||
dnl so we need the replacements only if strtoimax does not exist.
|
||||
case "$jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoimax" in
|
||||
no,no)
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtol)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl We don't need (and can't compile) the replacement strtoll
|
||||
dnl unless the type `long long' exists.
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_type_long_long" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoll)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
])
|
||||
40
m4/xstrtoumax.m4
Normal file
40
m4/xstrtoumax.m4
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
#serial 4
|
||||
|
||||
# autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoumax.c
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX],
|
||||
[
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtol, strtoul, strtoull, strtoimax, strtoumax])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h inttypes.h)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoumax as a macro],
|
||||
jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,
|
||||
AC_EGREP_CPP([inttypes_h_defines_strtoumax], [#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#ifdef strtoumax
|
||||
inttypes_h_defines_strtoumax
|
||||
#endif],
|
||||
jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro=yes,
|
||||
jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro=no))
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro" != yes; then
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoumax)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Only the replacement strtoumax invokes strtoul and strtoull,
|
||||
dnl so we need the replacements only if strtoumax does not exist.
|
||||
case "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
|
||||
no,no)
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoul)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl We don't need (and can't compile) the replacement strtoull
|
||||
dnl unless the type `unsigned long long' exists.
|
||||
if test "$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long" = yes; then
|
||||
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
])
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user